VirtualBox

source: vbox/trunk/src/VBox/Main/idl/VirtualBox.xidl@ 7899

Last change on this file since 7899 was 7848, checked in by vboxsync, 17 years ago

webservice: change wsmap=struct to wsmap=managed for IAudioAdapter, ISystemProperties, IVRDPServer as they are not read-only; fix documentation

  • Property svn:eol-style set to native
  • Property svn:keywords set to Author Date Id Revision
File size: 355.0 KB
Line 
1<?xml version="1.0" ?>
2
3<!--
4 * :tabSize=2:indentSize=2:noTabs=true:
5 * :folding=explicit:collapseFolds=1:
6 *
7 * Master declaration for VirtualBox's Main API, represented
8 * by COM/XPCOM and web service interfaces.
9 *
10 * From this document, the build system generates several files
11 * via XSLT that are then used during the build process.
12 *
13 * Below is the list of XSL templates that operate on this file and
14 * output files they generate. These XSL templates must be updated
15 * whenever the schema of this file changes:
16 *
17 * 1. src/VBox/Main/idl/midl.xsl =>
18 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox.idl
19 * (MS COM interface definition file for Main API)
20 *
21 * 2. src/VBox/Main/idl/xpidl.xsl =>
22 * out/<platform>/bin/sdk/idl/VirtualBox_XPCOM.idl
23 * (XPCOM interface definition file for Main API)
24 *
25 * 3. src/VBox/Main/idl/doxygen.xsl =>
26 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Main/VirtualBox.idl
27 * (pseudo-IDL for Doxygen to generate the official Main API
28 * documentation)
29 *
30 * 4. src/VBox/Main/webservice/*.xsl =>
31 * a bunch of WSDL and C++ files
32 * (VirtualBox web service sources and SOAP mappers;
33 * see src/VBox/Main/webservice/Makefile.kmk for details)
34 *
35 * 5. src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.xsl =>
36 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Frontends/VirtualBox/VirtualBox/include/COMWrappers.h
37 * (smart Qt-based C++ wrapper classes for COM interfaces
38 * of the Main API)
39 *
40 * 6. src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.xsl =>
41 * out/<platform>/obj/src/VBox/Installer/win32/VirtualBox_TypeLib.wxi
42 * (Main API TypeLib block for the WiX installer)
43 *
44 Copyright (C) 2006-2007 innotek GmbH
45
46 This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
47 available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
48 you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
49 General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
50 Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
51 VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
52 hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
53-->
54
55<idl>
56
57<if target="midl">
58 <cpp line="enum {"/>
59 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMajorVersion = 1,"/>
60 <cpp line=" kTypeLibraryMinorVersion = 0"/>
61 <cpp line="};"/>
62</if>
63
64<if target="xpidl">
65 <!-- NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTSxx_CI macros are placed here, for convenience -->
66 <cpp>
67// currenty, nsISupportsImpl.h lacks the below-like macros
68#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI
69#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI(_class, _interface) \
70 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
71 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
72 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE1_CI(_class, _interface) \
73 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER1(_class, _interface)
74#endif
75#ifndef NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI
76#define NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
77 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ADDREF(_class) \
78 NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_RELEASE(_class) \
79 NS_IMPL_QUERY_INTERFACE2_CI(_class, _i1, _i2) \
80 NS_IMPL_CI_INTERFACE_GETTER2(_class, _i1, _i2)
81#endif
82 </cpp>
83</if>
84
85<library
86 name="VirtualBox"
87 uuid="46137EEC-703B-4fe5-AFD4-7C9BBBBA0259"
88 version="1.3"
89 desc="innotek VirtualBox Type Library"
90 appUuid="819B4D85-9CEE-493C-B6FC-64FFE759B3C9"
91 supportsErrorInfo="yes"
92>
93
94 <!--
95 // all common enums
96 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
97 -->
98
99 <enum
100 name="TSBool"
101 uuid="523ff64d-842a-4b1a-80e7-c311b028cb3a"
102 >
103 <desc>
104 Boolean variable having a third state, default.
105 </desc>
106
107 <const name="False" value="0"/>
108 <const name="True" value="1"/>
109 <const name="Default" value="2"/>
110 </enum>
111
112 <enum
113 name="MachineState"
114 uuid="73bf04d0-7c4f-4684-9abf-d65a9ad74343"
115 >
116 <desc>
117 Virtual machine execution state. This enumeration represents possible
118 values of the <link to="IMachine::state"/> attribute.
119 </desc>
120
121 <const name="Null" value="0">
122 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
123 </const>
124 <const name="PoweredOff" value="1">
125 <desc>
126 The machine is not running.
127 </desc>
128 </const>
129 <const name="Saved" value="2">
130 <desc>
131 The machine is not currently running, but the execution state
132 of the machine has been saved to an external file when it
133 was running.
134 <note>
135 No any machine settings can be altered when the machine
136 is in this state.
137 </note>
138 </desc>
139 </const>
140 <const name="Aborted" value="3">
141 <desc>
142 A process that run the machine has abnormally terminated.
143 Other than that, this value is equivalent to #PoweredOff.
144 </desc>
145 </const>
146 <const name="Running" value="4">
147 <desc>
148 The machine is currently being executed.
149 <note>
150 This value can be used in comparison expressions:
151 all state values below it describe a virtual machine that is
152 not currently being executed (i.e., it is completely out of
153 action).
154 </note>
155 <note>
156 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
157 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
158 preceed the Paused state.
159 </note>
160 </desc>
161 </const>
162 <const name="Paused" value="5">
163 <desc>
164 The execution of the machine has been paused.
165 <note>
166 This value can be used in comparison expressions: all state values
167 above it represent unstable states of the running virtual
168 machine. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, no machine settings can
169 be altered when it is in one of the unstable sates.
170 </note>
171 <note>
172 For whoever decides to touch this enum: In order to keep the
173 aforementioned comparisons valid, this state must immediately
174 follow the Running state.
175 </note>
176 </desc>
177 </const>
178 <const name="Stuck" value="6">
179 <desc>
180 The execution of the machine has reached the Guru Meditaion
181 condition. This condition indicates an internal VMM failure which may
182 happen as a result of either an unhandled low-level virtual hardware
183 exception or one of the recompiler exceptions (such as
184 the <i>too-many-traps</i> condition).
185 </desc>
186 </const>
187 <const name="Starting" value="7">
188 <desc>
189 The machine is being started after
190 <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from a
191 zero execution state.
192 </desc>
193 </const>
194 <const name="Stopping" value="8">
195 <desc>
196 The machine is being normally stopped
197 (after explicitly <link to="IConsole::powerDown">powering it off</link>,
198 or after the guest OS has initiated a shutdown sequence).
199 </desc>
200 </const>
201 <const name="Saving" value="9">
202 <desc>
203 The machine is saving its execution state to a file as a
204 result of calling <link to="IConsole::saveState"/> or an online
205 snapshot of the machine is being taken using
206 <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/>.
207 </desc>
208 </const>
209 <const name="Restoring" value="10">
210 <desc>
211 The execution state of the machine is being restored from a file
212 after <link to="IConsole::powerUp">powering it on</link> from
213 a saved execution state.
214 </desc>
215 </const>
216 <const name="Discarding" value="11">
217 <desc>
218 A snapshot of the machine is being discarded after calling
219 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot"/> or its current state is
220 being discarded after <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/>.
221 </desc>
222 </const>
223 </enum>
224
225 <enum
226 name="SessionState"
227 uuid="CF2700C0-EA4B-47ae-9725-7810114B94D8"
228 >
229 <desc>
230 Session state. This enumeration represents possible values of
231 <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/> and <link to="ISession::state"/>
232 attributes. Idividual value descriptions contain the appropriate
233 meaning for every case.
234 </desc>
235
236 <const name="Null" value="0">
237 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
238 </const>
239 <const name="Closed" value="1">
240 <desc>
241 The machine has no open sessions (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
242 the session is closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
243 </desc>
244 </const>
245 <const name="Open" value="2">
246 <desc>
247 The machine has an open direct session (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
248 the session is open (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
249 </desc>
250 </const>
251 <const name="Spawning" value="3">
252 <desc>
253 A new (direct) session is being opened for the machine
254 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
255 call (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
256 the session is currently being opened
257 as a result of <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>
258 call (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
259 </desc>
260 </const>
261 <const name="Closing" value="4">
262 <desc>
263 The direct session is being closed (<link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>);
264 the session is being closed (<link to="ISession::state"/>)
265 </desc>
266 </const>
267 </enum>
268
269 <enum
270 name="SessionType"
271 uuid="A13C02CB-0C2C-421E-8317-AC0E8AAA153A"
272 >
273 <desc>
274 Session type. This enumeration represents possible values of the
275 <link to="ISession::type"/> attribute.
276 </desc>
277
278 <const name="Null" value="0">
279 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
280 </const>
281 <const name="Direct" value="1">
282 <desc>
283 Direct session
284 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>)
285 </desc>
286 </const>
287 <const name="Remote" value="2">
288 <desc>
289 Remote session
290 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/>)
291 </desc>
292 </const>
293 <const name="Existing" value="3">
294 <desc>
295 Existing session
296 (opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession()"/>)
297 </desc>
298 </const>
299 </enum>
300
301 <enum
302 name="DeviceType"
303 uuid="6d9420f7-0b56-4636-99f9-7346f1b01e57"
304 >
305 <desc>
306 Device type.
307 </desc>
308 <const name="Null" value="0">
309 <desc>
310 <tt>null</tt> value which may also mean "no device".
311 <note>
312 This value is not allowed for
313 <link to="IConsole::getDeviceActivity"/>
314 </note>
315 </desc>
316 </const>
317 <const name="Floppy" value="1">
318 <desc>Floppy device.</desc>
319 </const>
320 <const name="DVD" value="2">
321 <desc>CD/DVD-ROM device.</desc>
322 </const>
323 <const name="HardDisk" value="3">
324 <desc>Hard disk device.</desc>
325 </const>
326 <const name="Network" value="4">
327 <desc>Network device.</desc>
328 </const>
329 <const name="USB" value="5">
330 <desc>USB device.</desc>
331 </const>
332 <const name="SharedFolder" value="6">
333 <desc>Shared folder device.</desc>
334 </const>
335 </enum>
336
337 <enum
338 name="DeviceActivity"
339 uuid="6FC8AEAA-130A-4eb5-8954-3F921422D707"
340 >
341 <desc>
342 Device activity for <link to="IConsole::getDeviceActivity"/>.
343 </desc>
344
345 <const name="Null" value="0"/>
346 <const name="Idle" value="1"/>
347 <const name="Reading" value="2"/>
348 <const name="Writing" value="3"/>
349 </enum>
350
351 <enum
352 name="ResourceUsage"
353 uuid="FC56E4B6-B195-48e2-A5E1-A667B0D9F809"
354 >
355 <desc>
356 Usage type constants for
357 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImageUsage"/> and
358 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImageUsage"/>.
359 </desc>
360
361 <const name="Null" value="0">
362 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
363 </const>
364 <const name="Permanent" value="1">
365 <desc>
366 Scopes the VMs that use the resource permanently
367 (the information about this usage is stored in the VM
368 settings file).
369 </desc>
370 </const>
371 <const name="Temporary" value="2">
372 <desc>
373 Scopes the VMs that are temporarily using the resource
374 (the information about the usage is not yet saved in the VM
375 settings file). Temporary usage can take place only in the
376 context of an open session.
377 </desc>
378 </const>
379 <const name="All" value="3">
380 <desc>
381 Combines Permanent and Temporary.
382 </desc>
383 </const>
384 </enum>
385
386 <enum
387 name="StorageBus"
388 uuid="715984a5-093c-43bb-aa42-a16ed16828dd"
389 >
390 <desc>Interface bus type for storage devices.</desc>
391
392 <const name="Null" value="0">
393 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
394 </const>
395
396 <const name="IDE" value="1"/>
397 <const name="SATA" value="2"/>
398 </enum>
399
400 <enum
401 name="ClipboardMode"
402 uuid="33364716-4008-4701-8f14-be0fa3d62950"
403 >
404 <desc>
405 Host-Guest clipboard interchange mode.
406 </desc>
407
408 <const name="Disabled" value="0"/>
409 <const name="HostToGuest" value="1"/>
410 <const name="GuestToHost" value="2"/>
411 <const name="Bidirectional" value="3"/>
412 </enum>
413
414 <enum
415 name="Scope"
416 uuid="7c91096e-499e-4eca-9f9b-9001438d7855"
417 >
418 <desc>
419 Scope of the operation.
420
421 A generic enumeration used in various methods to define the action or
422 argument scope.
423 </desc>
424
425 <const name="Global" value="0"/>
426 <const name="Machine" value="1"/>
427 <const name="Session" value="2"/>
428 </enum>
429
430 <enum
431 name="GuestStatisticType"
432 uuid="aa7c1d71-aafe-47a8-9608-27d2d337cf55"
433 >
434 <desc>
435 Statistics type for <link to="IGuest::getStatistic"/>.
436 </desc>
437
438 <const name="CPULoad_Idle" value="0">
439 <desc>
440 Idle CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
441 </desc>
442 </const>
443 <const name="CPULoad_Kernel" value="1">
444 <desc>
445 Kernel CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
446 </desc>
447 </const>
448 <const name="CPULoad_User" value="2">
449 <desc>
450 User CPU load (0-100%) for last interval.
451 </desc>
452 </const>
453 <const name="Threads" value="3">
454 <desc>
455 Total number of threads in the system.
456 </desc>
457 </const>
458 <const name="Processes" value="4">
459 <desc>
460 Total number of processes in the system.
461 </desc>
462 </const>
463 <const name="Handles" value="5">
464 <desc>
465 Total number of handles in the system.
466 </desc>
467 </const>
468 <const name="MemoryLoad" value="6">
469 <desc>
470 Memory load (0-100%).
471 </desc>
472 </const>
473 <const name="PhysMemTotal" value="7">
474 <desc>
475 Total physical memory in megabytes.
476 </desc>
477 </const>
478 <const name="PhysMemAvailable" value="8">
479 <desc>
480 Free physical memory in megabytes.
481 </desc>
482 </const>
483 <const name="PhysMemBalloon" value="9">
484 <desc>
485 Ballooned physical memory in megabytes.
486 </desc>
487 </const>
488 <const name="MemCommitTotal" value="10">
489 <desc>
490 Total amount of memory in the committed state in megabytes.
491 </desc>
492 </const>
493 <const name="MemKernelTotal" value="11">
494 <desc>
495 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
496 </desc>
497 </const>
498 <const name="MemKernelPaged" value="12">
499 <desc>
500 Total amount of paged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
501 </desc>
502 </const>
503 <const name="MemKernelNonpaged" value="13">
504 <desc>
505 Total amount of nonpaged memory used by the guest OS's kernel in megabytes.
506 </desc>
507 </const>
508 <const name="MemSystemCache" value="14">
509 <desc>
510 Total amount of memory used by the guest OS's system cache in megabytes.
511 </desc>
512 </const>
513 <const name="PageFileSize" value="15">
514 <desc>
515 Pagefile size in megabytes.
516 </desc>
517 </const>
518 <const name="SampleNumber" value="16">
519 <desc>
520 Statistics sample number
521 </desc>
522 </const>
523 <const name="MaxVal" value="17"/>
524 </enum>
525
526 <enum
527 name="BIOSBootMenuMode"
528 uuid="ae4fb9f7-29d2-45b4-b2c7-d579603135d5"
529 >
530 <desc>
531 BIOS boot menu mode.
532 </desc>
533
534 <const name="Disabled" value="0"/>
535 <const name="MenuOnly" value="1"/>
536 <const name="MessageAndMenu" value="2"/>
537 </enum>
538
539 <enum
540 name="IDEControllerType"
541 uuid="445330e3-202a-4dab-854f-ce22e6cb9715"
542 >
543 <desc>
544 IDE controller type.
545 </desc>
546
547 <const name="Null" value="0">
548 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
549 </const>
550 <const name="PIIX3" value="1"/>
551 <const name="PIIX4" value="2"/>
552 </enum>
553
554 <enum
555 name="DriveState"
556 uuid="cb7233b7-c519-42a5-8310-1830953cacbc"
557 >
558 <const name="Null" value="0">
559 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
560 </const>
561 <const name="NotMounted" value="1"/>
562 <const name="ImageMounted" value="2"/>
563 <const name="HostDriveCaptured" value="3"/>
564 </enum>
565
566 <!--
567 // IVirtualBoxErrorInfo
568 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
569 -->
570
571 <interface
572 name="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" extends="$errorinfo"
573 uuid="e98b5376-8eb4-4eea-812a-3964bf3bb26f"
574 supportsErrorInfo="no"
575 wsmap="suppress"
576 >
577 <desc>
578 The IVirtualBoxErrorInfo interface represents extended error information.
579
580 Extended error information can be set by VirtualBox components after
581 unsuccessful or partially successful method invocation. This information
582 can be retrievefd by the calling party as an IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object
583 and then shown to the client in addition to the plain 32-bit result code.
584
585 In MS COM, this interface extends the IErrorInfo interface,
586 in XPCOM, it extends the nsIException interface. In both cases,
587 it provides a set of common attributes to retrieve error
588 information.
589
590 Sometimes invocation of some component's method may involve methods of
591 other components that may also fail (independently of this method's
592 failure), or a series of non-fatal errors may precede a fatal error that
593 causes method failure. In cases like that, it may be desirable to preserve
594 information about all errors happened during method invocation and deliver
595 it to the caller. The <link to="#next"/> attribute is intended
596 specifically for this purpose and allows to represent a chain of errors
597 through a single IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object set after method invocation.
598
599 Note that errors are stored to a chain in the reverse order, i.e. the
600 initial error object you query right after method invocation is the last
601 error set by the callee, the object it points to in the @a next attribute
602 is the previous error and so on, up to the first error (which is the last
603 in the chain).
604 </desc>
605
606 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
607 <desc>
608 Result code of the error.
609 Usually, it will be the same as the result code returned
610 by the method that provided this error information, but not
611 always. For example, on Win32, CoCreateInstance() will most
612 likely return E_NOINTERFACE upon unsuccessful component
613 instantiation attempt, but not the value the component factory
614 returned.
615 <note>
616 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
617 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::result.
618 </note>
619 </desc>
620 </attribute>
621
622 <attribute name="interfaceID" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
623 <desc>
624 UUID of the interface that defined the error.
625 <note>
626 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetGUID.
627 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
628 </note>
629 </desc>
630 </attribute>
631
632 <attribute name="component" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
633 <desc>
634 Name of the component that generated the error.
635 <note>
636 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetSource.
637 In XPCOM, there is no equivalent.
638 </note>
639 </desc>
640 </attribute>
641
642 <attribute name="text" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
643 <desc>
644 Text description of the error.
645 <note>
646 In MS COM, it is the same as IErrorInfo::GetDescription.
647 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::message.
648 </note>
649 </desc>
650 </attribute>
651
652 <attribute name="next" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
653 <desc>
654 Next error object if there is any, or @c null otherwise.
655 <note>
656 In MS COM, there is no equivalent.
657 In XPCOM, it is the same as nsIException::inner.
658 </note>
659 </desc>
660 </attribute>
661
662 </interface>
663
664
665 <!--
666 // IVirtualBox
667 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
668 -->
669
670 <interface
671 name="IVirtualBoxCallback" extends="$unknown"
672 uuid="ee95ffc2-b6c6-4ce8-9e9e-ceadbb5019fe"
673 wsmap="suppress"
674 >
675 <method name="onMachineStateChange">
676 <desc>
677 The execution state of the given machine has changed.
678 <see>IMachine::state</see>
679 </desc>
680 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
681 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
682 </param>
683 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in">
684 <desc>New execution state.</desc>
685 </param>
686 </method>
687
688 <method name="onMachineDataChange">
689 <desc>
690 Any of the settings of the given machine has changed.
691 </desc>
692 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
693 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
694 </param>
695 </method>
696
697 <method name="onExtraDataCanChange">
698 <desc>
699 Notification when someone tries to change extra data for
700 either the given machine or (if null) global extra data.
701 This gives the chance to veto against changes.
702 </desc>
703 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
704 <desc>
705 ID of the machine this event relates to
706 (null ID for global extra data change requests).
707 </desc>
708 </param>
709 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
710 <desc>
711 Extra data key for the attempted write.
712 </desc>
713 </param>
714 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
715 <desc>
716 Extra data value for the given key.
717 </desc>
718 </param>
719 <param name="error" type="wstring" dir="out">
720 <desc>
721 Optional error message describing the reason of the
722 veto (ignored if this notification returns @c true).
723 </desc>
724 </param>
725 <param name="allowChange" type="boolean" dir="return">
726 <desc>
727 Flag to indicate whether the callee agrees (@ true)
728 or vetoes against the change (@ false).
729 </desc>
730 </param>
731 </method>
732
733 <method name="onExtraDataChange">
734 <desc>
735 Notification when machine specific or global extra data
736 has changed.
737 </desc>
738 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
739 <desc>
740 ID of the machine this event relates to.
741 Null for global extra data changes.
742 </desc>
743 </param>
744 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
745 <desc>
746 Extra data key that has changed.
747 </desc>
748 </param>
749 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
750 <desc>
751 Extra data value for the given key.
752 </desc>
753 </param>
754 </method>
755
756 <method name="onMediaRegistered">
757 <desc>
758 The given media was registered or unregistered
759 within this VirtualBox installation.
760
761 The @a mediaType parameter describes what type of
762 media the specified @a mediaId refers to. Possible
763 values are:
764
765 - <link to="DeviceType::HardDisk"/>: the media is a hard disk
766 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
767 <link to="IVirtualBox::getHardDisk"/> call.
768 - <link to="DeviceType::DVD"/>: the media is a CD/DVD image
769 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
770 <link to="IVirtualBox::getDVDImage"/> call.
771 - <link to="DeviceType::Floppy"/>: the media is a Floppy image
772 that, if registered, can be obtained using the
773 <link to="IVirtualBox::getFloppyImage"/> call.
774
775 Note that if this is a deregistration notification,
776 there is no way to access the object representing the
777 unregistered media. It is supposed that the
778 application will do required cleanup based on the @a
779 mediaId value.
780 </desc>
781 <param name="mediaId" type="uuid" dir="in">
782 <desc>ID of the media this event relates to.</desc>
783 </param>
784 <param name="mediaType" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
785 <desc>Type of the media this event relates to.</desc>
786 </param>
787 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
788 <desc>
789 If true, the media was registered, otherwise it was
790 unregistered.
791 </desc>
792 </param>
793 </method>
794
795 <method name="onMachineRegistered">
796 <desc>
797 The given machine was registered or unregistered
798 within this VirtualBox installation.
799 </desc>
800 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
801 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
802 </param>
803 <param name="registered" type="boolean" dir="in">
804 <desc>
805 If true, the machine was registered, otherwise it was
806 unregistered.
807 </desc>
808 </param>
809 </method>
810
811 <method name="onSessionStateChange">
812 <desc>
813 The state of the session for the given machine was changed.
814 <see>IMachine::sessionState</see>
815 </desc>
816 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
817 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
818 </param>
819 <param name="state" type="SessionState" dir="in">
820 <desc>New session state.</desc>
821 </param>
822 </method>
823
824 <method name="onSnapshotTaken">
825 <desc>
826 A new snapshot of the machine has been taken.
827 <see>ISnapshot</see>
828 </desc>
829 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
830 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
831 </param>
832 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
833 <desc>ID of the new snapshot.</desc>
834 </param>
835 </method>
836
837 <method name="onSnapshotDiscarded">
838 <desc>
839 Snapshot of the given machine has been discarded.
840
841 <note>
842 This notification is delivered <b>after</b> the snapshot
843 object has been uninitialized on the server (so that any
844 attempt to call its methods will return an error).
845 </note>
846
847 <see>ISnapshot</see>
848 </desc>
849 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
850 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
851 </param>
852 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
853 <desc>
854 ID of the discarded snapshot. <tt>null</tt> means the
855 current machine state has been discarded (restored from
856 the current snapshot).
857 </desc>
858 </param>
859 </method>
860
861 <method name="onSnapshotChange">
862 <desc>
863 Snapshot properties (name and/or description) have been changed.
864 <see>ISnapshot</see>
865 </desc>
866 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
867 <desc>ID of the machine this event relates to.</desc>
868 </param>
869 <param name="snapshotId" type="uuid" dir="in">
870 <desc>ID of the changed snapshot.</desc>
871 </param>
872 </method>
873
874 </interface>
875
876 <interface
877 name="IVirtualBox" extends="$dispatched"
878 uuid="2d3b9ea7-25f5-4f07-a8e1-7dd7e0dcf667"
879 wsmap="managed"
880 >
881 <desc>
882 The IVirtualBox interface represents the main interface exposed by the
883 product that provides virtual machine management.
884
885 An instance of IVirtualBox is required for the product to do anything
886 useful. Even though the interface does not expose this, internally,
887 IVirtualBox is implemented as a singleton and actually lives in the
888 process of the VirtualBox server (VBoxSVC.exe). This makes sure that
889 IVirtualBox can track the state of all virtual machines on a particular
890 host, regardless of which frontend started them.
891
892 To enumerate all the virtual machines on the host, use the
893 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> attribute.
894 </desc>
895
896 <attribute name="version" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
897 <desc>
898 A string representing the version number of the product. The
899 format is 3 integer numbers divided by dots (e.g. 1.0.1). The
900 last number represents the build number and will frequently change.
901 </desc>
902 </attribute>
903
904 <attribute name="homeFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
905 <desc>
906 Full path to the directory where the global settings file,
907 <tt>VirtualBox.xml</tt>, is stored.
908
909 In this version of VirtualBox, the value of this property is
910 always <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;/.VirtualBox</tt> (where
911 <tt>&lt;user_dir&gt;</tt> is the path to the user directory,
912 as determined by the host OS), and cannot be changed.
913
914 This path is also used as the base to resolve relative paths in
915 places where relative paths are allowed (unless otherwise
916 expressly indicated).
917 </desc>
918 </attribute>
919
920 <attribute name="settingsFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
921 <desc>
922 Full name of the global settings file.
923 The value of this property corresponds to the value of
924 <link to="#homeFolder"/> plus <tt>/VirtualBox.xml</tt>.
925 </desc>
926 </attribute>
927
928 <attribute name="settingsFileVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
929 <desc>
930 Current version of the format of the global VirtualBox settings file
931 (<tt>VirtualBox.xml</tt>).
932
933 The version string has the following format:
934 <pre>
935 x.y-platform
936 </pre>
937 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
938 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
939
940 The current version usually matches the value of the
941 <link to="#settingsFormatVersion"/> attribute unless the
942 settings file was created by an older version of VirtualBox and there
943 was a change of the settings file format since then.
944
945 Note that VirtualBox automatically converts settings files from older
946 versions to the most recent version when reading them (usually at
947 VirtualBox startup) but it doesn't save the changes back until
948 you call a method that implicitly saves settings (such as
949 <link to="#setExtraData()"/>) or call <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
950 explicitly. Therefore, if the value of this attribute differs from the
951 value of <link to="#settingsFormatVersion"/>, then it
952 means that the settings file was converted but the result of the
953 conversion is not yet saved to disk.
954
955 The above feature may be used by interactive front-ends to inform users
956 about the settings file format change and offer them to explicitly save
957 all converted settings files (the global and VM-specific ones),
958 optionally create bacup copies of the old settings files before saving,
959 etc.
960
961 <see>settingsFormatVersion, saveSettingsWithBackup()</see>
962 </desc>
963 </attribute>
964
965 <attribute name="settingsFormatVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
966 <desc>
967 Most recent version of the settings file format.
968
969 The version string has the following format:
970 <pre>
971 x.y-platform
972 </pre>
973 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
974 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
975
976 VirtualBox uses this version of the format when saving settings files
977 (either as a result of method calls that require to save settings or as
978 a result of an explicit call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/>).
979
980 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
981 </desc>
982 </attribute>
983
984 <attribute name="host" type="IHost" readonly="yes">
985 <desc>Associated host object.</desc>
986 </attribute>
987
988 <attribute name="systemProperties" type="ISystemProperties" readonly="yes">
989 <desc>Associated system information object.</desc>
990 </attribute>
991
992 <attribute name="machines" type="IMachineCollection" readonly="yes">
993 <desc>
994 Collection of machine objects registered within this VirtualBox
995 instance.
996 </desc>
997 </attribute>
998
999 <attribute name="machines2" type="IMachine" readonly="yes" safearray="yes">
1000 <desc>
1001 Array of machine objects registered within this VirtualBox instance.
1002 </desc>
1003 </attribute>
1004
1005 <attribute name="hardDisks" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
1006 <desc>
1007 Collection of hard disk objects registered within this VirtualBox
1008 instance.
1009
1010 This collection contains only "top-level" (basic or independent) hard
1011 disk images, but not differencing ones. All differencing images of the
1012 given top-level image (i.e. all its children) can be enumerated using
1013 <link to="IHardDisk::children"/>.
1014 </desc>
1015 </attribute>
1016
1017 <attribute name="DVDImages" type="IDVDImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1018
1019 <attribute name="FloppyImages" type="IFloppyImageCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1020
1021 <attribute name="progressOperations" type="IProgressCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1022
1023 <attribute name="guestOSTypes" type="IGuestOSTypeCollection" readonly="yes"/>
1024
1025 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
1026 <desc>
1027 Collection of global shared folders. Global shared folders are
1028 available to all virtual machines.
1029
1030 New shared folders are added to the collection using
1031 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
1032 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
1033
1034 <note>
1035 In the current version of the product, global shared folders are not
1036 implemented and therefore this collection is always empty.
1037 </note>
1038 </desc>
1039 </attribute>
1040
1041 <method name="createMachine">
1042 <desc>
1043 Creates a new virtual machine.
1044
1045 The new machine will have "empty" default settings and will not
1046 yet be registered. The typical sequence to create a virtual machine
1047 is therefore something like this:
1048
1049 <ol>
1050 <li>Call this method (IVirtualBox::createMachine) to have a new
1051 machine created. The machine object returned is "mutable", i.e.
1052 automatically locked for the current session, as if
1053 <link to="#openSession" /> had been called on it.</li>
1054
1055 <li>Assign meaningful settings to the new machine by calling the
1056 respective methods.</li>
1057
1058 <li>Call <link to="IMachine::saveSettings" /> to have the settings written
1059 to the machine's XML settings file. The configuration of the newly
1060 created machine will not be saved to disk (and the settings subfolder
1061 and file, as described below, will not be created) until this method
1062 is called.</li>
1063
1064 <li>Call <link to="#registerMachine" /> to have the
1065 machine show up in the list of machines registered with VirtualBox.</li>
1066 </ol>
1067
1068 Every machine has a <i>settings file</i> that is used to store
1069 the machine configuration. This file is stored in the directory
1070 called <i>machine settings subfolder</i>. Unless specified otherwise,
1071 both the subfolder and the settings file will have a name that
1072 corresponds to the name of the virtual machine. You can specify
1073 where to create the machine settings subfolder using the @a
1074 baseFolder argument. The base folder can be absolute (full path)
1075 or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1076 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1077
1078 If a null or empty string is given as the base folder (which is
1079 recommended), the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultMachineFolder">
1080 default machine settings folder</link> will be used as the base
1081 folder to create the machine settings subfolder and file. In
1082 any case, the full path to the settings file will look like:
1083 <pre>
1084 &lt;base_folder&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;/&lt;machine_name&gt;.xml
1085 </pre>
1086
1087 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
1088 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
1089 empty or null UUID.
1090
1091 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
1092 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
1093 description for more details about the machine name.
1094
1095 The created machine remains
1096 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1097
1098 <note>
1099 There is no way to change the name of the settings file or
1100 subfolder of the created machine directly.
1101 </note>
1102 </desc>
1103 <param name="baseFolder" type="wstring" dir="in">
1104 <desc>
1105 Name of the folder where to create the machine settings
1106 subfolder containing the settings file.
1107 </desc>
1108 </param>
1109 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1110 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
1111 </param>
1112 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1113 <desc>
1114 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
1115 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
1116 </desc>
1117 </param>
1118 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1119 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
1120 </param>
1121 </method>
1122
1123 <method name="createLegacyMachine">
1124 <desc>
1125 Creates a new virtual machine in "legacy" mode, using the
1126 specified settings file to store machine settings.
1127
1128 As opposed to machines created by <link to="#createMachine()"/>,
1129 the settings file of the machine created in "legacy" mode
1130 is not automatically renamed when the machine name is
1131 changed -- it will always remain the same as specified in this
1132 method call.
1133
1134 The specified settings file name can be absolute
1135 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1136 VirtualBox home directory</link>. If the file name doesn't
1137 contain an extension, the default extension (.xml) will be
1138 appended.
1139
1140 Optionally the UUID of the machine can be predefined. If this is
1141 not desired (i.e. a new UUID should be generated), pass just an
1142 empty or null UUID.
1143
1144 Note that the configuration of the newly created machine is not
1145 saved to disk (and therefore no settings file is created)
1146 until <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. If the
1147 specified settings file already exists,
1148 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> will return an error.
1149
1150 You should also specify a valid name for the machine.
1151 See the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property
1152 description for more details about the machine name.
1153
1154 The created machine remains
1155 unregistered until you call <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1156
1157 @deprecated This method may be removed later. It is better
1158 to use <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>.
1159
1160 <note>
1161 There is no way to change the name of the settings file
1162 of the created machine.
1163 </note>
1164 </desc>
1165 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1166 <desc>
1167 Name of the file where to store machine settings.
1168 </desc>
1169 </param>
1170 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1171 <desc>Machine name.</desc>
1172 </param>
1173 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1174 <desc>
1175 UUID of the newly created VM, when non-null or non-empty.
1176 Otherwise a UUID is automatically generated.
1177 </desc>
1178 </param>
1179 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1180 <desc>Created machine object.</desc>
1181 </param>
1182 </method>
1183
1184 <method name="openMachine">
1185 <desc>
1186 Opens a virtual machine from the existing settings file.
1187 The opened machine remains unregistered until you call
1188 <link to="#registerMachine()"/>.
1189
1190 The specified settings file name can be absolute
1191 (full path) or relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1192 VirtualBox home directory</link>. This file must exist
1193 and must be a valid machine settings file whose contents
1194 will be used to construct the machine object.
1195
1196 @deprecated Will be removed soon.
1197 </desc>
1198 <param name="settingsFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
1199 <desc>
1200 Name of the machine settings file.
1201 </desc>
1202 </param>
1203 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1204 <desc>Opened machine object.</desc>
1205 </param>
1206 <note>
1207 <link to="IMachine::settingsModified"/> will return
1208 false for the created machine, until any of machine settigs
1209 are changed.
1210 </note>
1211 </method>
1212
1213 <method name="registerMachine">
1214 <desc>
1215
1216 Registers the machine previously created using
1217 <link to="#createMachine()"/> or opened using
1218 <link to="#openMachine()"/> within this VirtualBox installation. After
1219 successful method invocation, the
1220 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1221 to all registered callbacks.
1222
1223 <note>
1224 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/>
1225 to save all current machine settings before registering it.
1226 </note>
1227
1228 </desc>
1229 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
1230 </method>
1231
1232 <method name="getMachine">
1233 <desc>
1234 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its UUID.
1235 To look up a machine by name, use <link to="IVirtualBox::findMachine" /> instead.
1236 </desc>
1237 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
1238 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1239 </method>
1240
1241 <method name="findMachine">
1242 <desc>
1243 Attempts to find a virtual machine given its name.
1244 To look up a machine by UUID, use <link to="IVirtualBox::getMachine" /> instead.
1245 </desc>
1246 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1247 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return"/>
1248 </method>
1249
1250 <method name="unregisterMachine">
1251 <desc>
1252
1253 Unregisters the machine previously registered using
1254 <link to="#registerMachine"/>. After successful method invocation, the
1255 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineRegistered"/> signal is sent
1256 to all registered callbacks.
1257
1258 <note>
1259 The specified machine must not be in the Saved state, have an open
1260 (or a spawning) direct session associated with it, have snapshots or
1261 have hard disks attached.
1262 </note>
1263
1264 <note>
1265 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings"/> to
1266 save all current machine settings before unregistering it.
1267 </note>
1268
1269 <note>
1270 If the given machine is inaccessible (see
1271 <link to="IMachine::accessible"/>), it will be unregistered and
1272 fully uninitialized right afterwards. As a result, the returned
1273 machine object will be unusable and an attempt to call
1274 <b>any</b> method will return the "Object not ready" error.
1275 </note>
1276
1277 </desc>
1278 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1279 <desc>UUID of the machine to unregister.</desc>
1280 </param>
1281 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="return">
1282 <desc>Unregistered machine object.</desc>
1283 </param>
1284 </method>
1285
1286 <method name="createHardDisk">
1287 <desc>
1288
1289 Creates a new unregistered hard disk that will use the given
1290 storage type.
1291
1292 Most properties of the created hard disk object are
1293 uninitialized. Valid values must be assigned to them (and probalby
1294 some actions performed) to make the actual usage of this hard disk
1295 (<link to="#registerHardDisk()">register</link>, attach to a virtual
1296 machine, etc.). See the description of <link to="IHardDisk"/> and
1297 descriptions of storage type specific interfaces for more information.
1298
1299 <note>
1300 For hard disks using
1301 the <link
1302 to="HardDiskStorageType::VirtualDiskImage">VirtualDiskImage</link>
1303 storage type, an image file is not actually created until you call
1304 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createDynamicImage()"/> or
1305 <link to="IVirtualDiskImage::createFixedImage()"/>.
1306 </note>
1307
1308 </desc>
1309
1310 <param name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" dir="in">
1311 <desc>Storage type of the hard disk image to create.</desc>
1312 </param>
1313 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1314 <desc>Created hard disk object of the given storage type.</desc>
1315 </param>
1316
1317 </method>
1318
1319 <method name="openHardDisk">
1320 <desc>
1321
1322 Opens a hard disk from an existing location.
1323
1324 This method tries to guess the
1325 <link to="HardDiskStorageType">hard disk storage type</link> from the
1326 format of the location string and from the contents of the resource the
1327 location points to. Currently, a <i>file path</i> is the only
1328 supported format for the location string which must point to either a
1329 VDI file or to a VMDK file. On success, an IHardDisk object will be
1330 returned that also implements the corresponding interface
1331 (IVirtualDiskImage or IVMDKImage, respectively). The
1332 <link to="IHardDisk::storageType"/> property may also be used to
1333 determine the storage type of the returned object (instead of trying
1334 to query one of these interfaces).
1335
1336 <note>
1337 The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or relative to
1338 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">VirtualBox home
1339 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
1340 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
1341 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
1342 </note>
1343
1344 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1345 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1346
1347 </desc>
1348
1349 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1350 <desc>
1351 Location of the resource that contains a valid hard disk.
1352 </desc>
1353 </param>
1354 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1355 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1356 </param>
1357 </method>
1358
1359 <method name="openVirtualDiskImage">
1360 <desc>
1361
1362 Opens a hard disk from an existing Virtual Disk Image file.
1363 The opened hard disk remains unregistered
1364 until <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/> is called.
1365
1366 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> instead.
1367
1368 <note>Opening differencing images is not supported.</note>
1369
1370 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1371 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1372 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1373 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1374 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1375 file.</note>
1376
1377 </desc>
1378
1379 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1380 <desc>
1381 Name of the file that contains a valid Virtual Disk Image.
1382 </desc>
1383 </param>
1384 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1385 <desc>Opened hard disk object.</desc>
1386 </param>
1387 </method>
1388
1389 <method name="registerHardDisk">
1390 <desc>
1391
1392 Registers the given hard disk within this VirtualBox
1393 installation. The hard disk must not be registered, must be
1394 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible"/> and must not be a
1395 differencing hard disk, otherwise the registration will fail.
1396
1397 </desc>
1398 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="in">
1399 <desc>Hard disk object to register.</desc>
1400 </param>
1401 </method>
1402
1403 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
1404 <desc>
1405 Returns the registered hard disk with the given UUID.
1406 </desc>
1407 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1408 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to look for.</desc>
1409 </param>
1410 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1411 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1412 </param>
1413 </method>
1414
1415 <method name="findHardDisk">
1416 <desc>
1417
1418 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given location to
1419 store data. The search is done by comparing the
1420 value of the @a location argument to the
1421 <link to="IHardDisk::location"/> attribute of each registered
1422 hard disk.
1423
1424 For locations repesented by file paths (such as VDI and VMDK
1425 images), the specified location can be either an absolute file
1426 path or a path relative to
1427 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
1428 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1429 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1430 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to construct
1431 the absolute image file name to search for. Note that on host
1432 systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case sensitive
1433 comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols in the
1434 file path is ignored.
1435
1436 </desc>
1437 <param name="location" type="wstring" dir="in">
1438 <desc>Hard disk location specification to search for.</desc>
1439 </param>
1440 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1441 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1442 </param>
1443 </method>
1444
1445 <method name="findVirtualDiskImage">
1446 <desc>
1447
1448 Returns a registered hard disk that uses the given image file.
1449
1450 @deprecated Use <link to="IVirtualBox::findHardDisk()"/> instead.
1451
1452 <note>The specified file path can be absolute (full path) or
1453 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
1454 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
1455 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
1456 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
1457 file.</note>
1458
1459 <note>On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1460 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of symbols
1461 in the file path is ignored.</note>
1462
1463 </desc>
1464 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1465 <desc>Virtual Disk Image file path to look for.</desc>
1466 </param>
1467 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="return">
1468 <desc>Found hard disk object.</desc>
1469 </param>
1470 </method>
1471
1472 <method name="unregisterHardDisk">
1473 <desc>
1474 Unregisters a hard disk previously registered using
1475 <link to="#registerHardDisk()"/>.
1476 <note>
1477 The specified hard disk must not be attached to any of
1478 the existing virtual machines and must not have children
1479 (differencing) hard disks.
1480 </note>
1481 </desc>
1482 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1483 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to unregister.</desc>
1484 </param>
1485 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return">
1486 <desc>Unregistered hard disk object.</desc>
1487 </param>
1488 </method>
1489
1490 <method name="openDVDImage">
1491 <desc>
1492 Opens the CD/DVD image contained in the specified file of
1493 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1494 image remains unregistered
1495 until <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/> is called.
1496 </desc>
1497 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1498 <desc>
1499 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1500 CD/DVD image. Currently, only ISO images are supported.
1501 <note>
1502 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1503 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1504 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1505 </note>
1506 </desc>
1507 </param>
1508 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1509 <desc>
1510 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1511 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1512 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1513 </desc>
1514 </param>
1515 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1516 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1517 </param>
1518 </method>
1519
1520 <method name="registerDVDImage">
1521 <desc>
1522 Registers a CD/DVD image within this VirtualBox
1523 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1524 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1525 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1526 </desc>
1527 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="in">
1528 <desc>CD/DVD image object to register.</desc>
1529 </param>
1530 </method>
1531
1532 <method name="getDVDImage">
1533 <desc>
1534 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given UUID.
1535 </desc>
1536 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1537 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1538 </param>
1539 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1540 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1541 </param>
1542 </method>
1543
1544 <method name="findDVDImage">
1545 <desc>
1546 Returns a registered CD/DVD image with the given image file.
1547 <note>
1548 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1549 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1550 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1551 </note>
1552 </desc>
1553 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1554 <desc>CD/DVD image file path to look for.</desc>
1555 </param>
1556 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1557 <desc>Found CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1558 </param>
1559 </method>
1560
1561 <method name="getDVDImageUsage">
1562 <desc>
1563 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1564 the given CD/DVD image.
1565 </desc>
1566 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1567 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1568 </param>
1569 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1570 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1571 </param>
1572 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1573 <desc>
1574 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1575 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1576 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1577 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1578 <note>
1579 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::All"/> and the image
1580 is used by the VM both permanently and temporarily, the VM's UUID
1581 will be present only once in the list.
1582 </note>
1583 </desc>
1584 </param>
1585 </method>
1586
1587 <method name="unregisterDVDImage">
1588 <desc>
1589 Unregisters the CD/DVD image previously registered using
1590 <link to="#registerDVDImage()"/>.
1591 <note>
1592 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1593 the existing virtual machines.
1594 </note>
1595 </desc>
1596 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1597 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image to unregister.</desc>
1598 </param>
1599 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
1600 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1601 </param>
1602 </method>
1603
1604 <method name="openFloppyImage">
1605 <desc>
1606 Opens a floppy image contained in the specified file of
1607 the supported format and assigns it the given UUID. The opened
1608 image remains unregistered
1609 until <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/> is called.
1610 </desc>
1611 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1612 <desc>
1613 Full name of the file that contains a valid
1614 floppy image.
1615 <note>
1616 The specified file name can be absolute or relative
1617 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
1618 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
1619 </note>
1620 </desc>
1621 </param>
1622 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1623 <desc>
1624 UUID to assign to the given image file within this
1625 VirtualBox installation. If an empty (null) UUID is
1626 specified, the system will randomly generate an UUID.
1627 </desc>
1628 </param>
1629 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1630 <desc>Opened CD/DVD image object.</desc>
1631 </param>
1632 </method>
1633
1634 <method name="registerFloppyImage">
1635 <desc>
1636 Registers a floppy image within this VirtualBox
1637 installation. The image must not be registered and must not
1638 be associated with the same image file as any of the already
1639 registered images, otherwise the registration will fail.
1640 </desc>
1641 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="in">
1642 <desc>Floppy image object to register.</desc>
1643 </param>
1644 </method>
1645
1646 <method name="getFloppyImage">
1647 <desc>
1648 Returns a registered floppy image with the given UUID.
1649 </desc>
1650 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1651 <desc>UUID of the image to look for.</desc>
1652 </param>
1653 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1654 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1655 </param>
1656 </method>
1657
1658 <method name="findFloppyImage">
1659 <desc>
1660 Returns a registered floppy image with the given image file.
1661 <note>
1662 On host systems with case sensitive filesystems, a case
1663 sensitive comparison is performed, otherwise the case of
1664 symbols in the file path is ignored.
1665 </note>
1666 </desc>
1667 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1668 <desc>Floppy image file path to look for.</desc>
1669 </param>
1670 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1671 <desc>Found floppy image object.</desc>
1672 </param>
1673 </method>
1674
1675 <method name="getFloppyImageUsage">
1676 <desc>
1677 Returns the list of of UUIDs of all virtual machines that use
1678 the given floppy image.
1679 </desc>
1680 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1681 <desc>UUID of the image to get the usage information for.</desc>
1682 </param>
1683 <param name="usage" type="ResourceUsage" dir="in">
1684 <desc>Type of the usage (permanent, temporary or all).</desc>
1685 </param>
1686 <param name="machineIDs" type="wstring" dir="return">
1687 <desc>
1688 List of UUIDs of all machines that use the given image
1689 in the way specified by the usage parameter.
1690 The list is returned as a string containing UUIDs separated
1691 by spaces. A null string means that the image is not used.
1692 <note>
1693 When the usage type is <link to="ResourceUsage::All"/> and the image
1694 is used by the VM both permanently and temporarily, the VM's UUID
1695 will be present only once in the list.
1696 </note>
1697 </desc>
1698 </param>
1699 </method>
1700
1701 <method name="unregisterFloppyImage">
1702 <desc>
1703 Unregisters the floppy image previously registered using
1704 <link to="#registerFloppyImage()"/>.
1705 <note>
1706 The specified image must not be mounted to any of
1707 the existing virtual machines.
1708 </note>
1709 </desc>
1710 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
1711 <desc>UUID of the floppy image to unregister.</desc>
1712 </param>
1713 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
1714 <desc>Unregistered image object.</desc>
1715 </param>
1716 </method>
1717
1718 <method name="getGuestOSType">
1719 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
1720 <param name="type" type="IGuestOSType" dir="return"/>
1721 </method>
1722
1723 <method name="createSharedFolder">
1724 <desc>
1725 Creates a new global shared folder by associating the given logical
1726 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
1727 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
1728 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
1729 </desc>
1730 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1731 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
1732 </param>
1733 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
1734 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
1735 </param>
1736 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
1737 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
1738 </param>
1739 </method>
1740
1741 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
1742 <desc>
1743 Removes the global shared folder with the given name previously
1744 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
1745 shared folders and stops sharing it.
1746 </desc>
1747 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
1748 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
1749 </param>
1750 </method>
1751
1752 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
1753 <desc>
1754 Returns the global extra data key name following the supplied key.
1755
1756 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
1757 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
1758 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
1759 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
1760 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
1761 </desc>
1762 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1763 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
1764 </param>
1765 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
1766 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
1767 </param>
1768 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
1769 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
1770 </param>
1771 </method>
1772
1773 <method name="getExtraData">
1774 <desc>
1775 Returns associated global extra data.
1776
1777 If the reuqested data @a key does not exist, this function will
1778 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
1779 </desc>
1780 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1781 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
1782 </param>
1783 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
1784 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
1785 </param>
1786 </method>
1787
1788 <method name="setExtraData">
1789 <desc>
1790 Sets associated global extra data.
1791
1792 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a vaule, the given @a key will be
1793 deleted.
1794
1795 <note>
1796 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
1797 registered callbacks using the
1798 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
1799 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
1800 new value, the change will not be performed.
1801 </note>
1802 <note>
1803 On success, the
1804 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
1805 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
1806 change.
1807 </note>
1808 </desc>
1809 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
1810 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
1811 </param>
1812 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
1813 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
1814 </param>
1815 </method>
1816
1817 <method name="openSession">
1818 <desc>
1819 Opens a new direct session with the given virtual machine.
1820
1821 Within the direct session context, it is possible to change
1822 all VM settings, as well as to execute the VM in the process
1823 space of the session object. There can be only one direct
1824 session open at a time for every virtual machine. In VirtualBox
1825 terminology, the machine becomes "mutable" after a session has
1826 been opened.
1827
1828 Upon successful return, the session object can be used to
1829 get access to the machine and to the VM console.
1830
1831 Note that the "mutable" machine object, on which you may want
1832 to invoke IMachine methods to change its settings, will be a
1833 different object from the immutable IMachine objects returned
1834 by various IVirtualBox methods. To obtain a mutable
1835 IMachine object, upon which you can invoke settings methods,
1836 use the "machine" attribute of the ISession object which represents
1837 your open session.
1838
1839 In other words, to change settings on a machine, the following
1840 sequence is typically performed:
1841
1842 <ol>
1843 <li>Call this method (openSession) to have a machine locked for
1844 the current session.</li>
1845
1846 <li>Obtain a mutable IMachine object from ISession::machine.</li>
1847
1848 <li>Change the settings of the machine.</li>
1849
1850 <li>Call IMachine::saveSettings.</li>
1851
1852 <li>Close the session by calling <link to="#close" />.</li>
1853 </ol>
1854 </desc>
1855 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1856 <desc>
1857 Session object that will represent the opened session after
1858 successful method invocation. This object must not represent
1859 the already open session.
1860 <note>
1861 This session will be automatically closed if the
1862 VirtualBox server is terminated for some reason.
1863 </note>
1864 </desc>
1865 </param>
1866 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1867 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1868 </param>
1869 </method>
1870
1871 <method name="openRemoteSession">
1872 <desc>
1873 Opens a new remote session with the given virtual
1874 machine.
1875
1876 Opening a remote session causes the VirtualBox server to start a new
1877 process that opens a direct session with the given VM. The remote
1878 session provides some level of control over the VM execution to the
1879 caller (using the IConsole interface); however, within the remote
1880 session context, not all VM settings are available for modification.
1881
1882 This operation can take some time, so the progress object
1883 is returned to let the caller be informed when the session is
1884 actually open. Until then, the remote session object remains in
1885 the closed state and accessing the machine or its console through
1886 it is invalid.
1887
1888 Currently supported session types (values of the @a type
1889 argument) are:
1890 <ul>
1891 <li><tt>gui</tt>: VirtualBox Qt GUI session</li>
1892 <li><tt>vrdp</tt>: VirtualBox VRDP Server session</li>
1893 </ul>
1894
1895 The @a environment argument is a string containing definitions of
1896 environment variables in the following format:
1897 @code
1898 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1899 NAME[=VALUE]\n
1900 ...
1901 @endcode
1902 where <tt>\\n</tt> is the new line character. These environment
1903 variables will be appended to the environment of the VirtualBox server
1904 process. If an environment variable exists both in the server process
1905 and in this list, the value from this list takes precedence over the
1906 server's variable. If the value of the environment variable is
1907 omitted, this variable will be removed from the resulting environment.
1908 If the environment string is @c null, the server environment is
1909 inherited by the started process as is.
1910
1911 <note>
1912 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine
1913 that already has an open direct session or waits until the
1914 previous request to open the remote session is completed
1915 (see <link to="IMachine::sessionState"/>).
1916 </note>
1917
1918 <note>
1919 The opened @a session will be automatically closed when
1920 the corresponding direct session dies or gets closed.
1921 </note>
1922
1923 <see>openExistingSession</see>
1924 </desc>
1925 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1926 <desc>
1927 Session object that will represent the opened remote session
1928 after successful method invocation (this object must not
1929 represent an already open session).
1930 </desc>
1931 </param>
1932 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1933 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1934 </param>
1935 <param name="type" type="wstring" dir="in">
1936 <desc>
1937 Type of the remote session (case sensitive).
1938 </desc>
1939 </param>
1940 <param name="environment" type="wstring" dir="in">
1941 <desc>
1942 Environment to pass to the opened session (may be @c null).
1943 </desc>
1944 </param>
1945 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
1946 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
1947 </param>
1948 </method>
1949
1950 <method name="openExistingSession">
1951 <desc>
1952 Opens a new remote session with the virtual machine for
1953 which a direct session is already open.
1954
1955 The remote session provides some level of control over the VM
1956 execution (using the IConsole interface) to the caller; however,
1957 within the remote session context, not all VM settings are available
1958 for modification.
1959
1960 As opposed to <link to="#openRemoteSession()"/>, the number of
1961 remote sessions opened this way is not limited by the API
1962
1963 <note>
1964 It is an error to open a remote session with the machine that
1965 doesn't have an open direct session.
1966 </note>
1967
1968 <see>openRemoteSession</see>
1969 </desc>
1970 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
1971 <desc>
1972 Session object that will represent the open remote session
1973 after successful method invocation. This object must not
1974 represent an already open session.
1975 <note>
1976 This session will be automatically closed when the peer
1977 (direct) session dies or gets closed.
1978 </note>
1979 </desc>
1980 </param>
1981 <param name="machineId" type="uuid" dir="in">
1982 <desc>ID of the virtual machine to open a session with.</desc>
1983 </param>
1984 </method>
1985
1986 <method name="registerCallback">
1987 <desc>
1988 Registers a new global VirtualBox callback. The methods of the given
1989 callback object will be called by VirtualBox when an appropriate
1990 event occurs.
1991 </desc>
1992 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
1993 <desc>Callback object to register.</desc>
1994 </param>
1995 </method>
1996
1997 <method name="unregisterCallback">
1998 <desc>
1999 Unregisters the previously registered global VirtualBox callback.
2000 </desc>
2001 <param name="callback" type="IVirtualBoxCallback" dir="in">
2002 <desc>Callback object to unregister.</desc>
2003 </param>
2004 </method>
2005
2006 <method name="waitForPropertyChange">
2007 <desc>
2008 Blocks the caller until any of the properties represented by the @a
2009 what argument changes the value or until the given timeout interval
2010 expires.
2011
2012 The @a what argument is a comma separated list of propertiy masks that
2013 describe properties the caller is interested in. The property mask is
2014 a string in the following format:
2015
2016 @code
2017 [[group.]subgroup.]name
2018 @endcode
2019
2020 where @c name is the property name and @c group, @c subgroup are zero
2021 or or more property group specifiers. Each element (group or name) in
2022 the property mask may be either a latin string or an asterisk symbol
2023 (@c "*") which is used to match any string for the given element. A
2024 property mask that doesn't contain asterisk symbols represents a
2025 single fully qualified property name.
2026
2027 Groups in the fully qualified property name go from more generic (the
2028 left-most part) to more specific (the right-most part). The first
2029 element is usually a name of the object the property belongs to. The
2030 second element may be either a property name, or a child object name,
2031 or an index if the preceeding element names an object which is one of
2032 many objects of the same type. This way, property names form a
2033 hierarchy of properties. Here are some examples of property names:
2034
2035 <table>
2036 <tr>
2037 <td><tt>VirtualBox.version</tt></td>
2038 <td><link to="IVirtualBox::version"/> property</td>
2039 </tr>
2040 <tr>
2041 <td><tt>Machine.&lt;UUID&gt;.name</tt></td>
2042 <td><link to="IMachine::name"/> property of the machine with the
2043 given UUID</td>
2044 </tr>
2045 </table>
2046
2047 Most property names directly correspond to the properties of objects
2048 (components) provided by the VirtualBox library and may be used to
2049 track changes to these properties. However, there may be
2050 pseudo-property names that don't correspond to any existing object's
2051 property directly, as well as there may be object properties that
2052 don't have a corresponding property name that is understood by this
2053 method, and therefore changes to such properties cannot be
2054 tracked. See individual object's property descrcriptions to get a
2055 fully qualified property name that can be used with this method (if
2056 any).
2057
2058 There is a special property mask @c "*" (i.e. a string consisting of a
2059 single asterisk symbol) that can be used to match all properties.
2060 Below are more examples of property masks:
2061
2062 <table>
2063 <tr>
2064 <td><tt>VirtualBox.*</tt></td>
2065 <td>Track all properties of the VirtualBox object</td>
2066 </tr>
2067 <tr>
2068 <td><tt>Machine.*.name</tt></td>
2069 <td>Track changes to the <link to="IMachine::name"/> property of
2070 all registered virtual machines</td>
2071 </tr>
2072 </table>
2073
2074 </desc>
2075 <param name="what" type="wstring" dir="in">
2076 <desc>Comma separated list of property masks.</desc>
2077 </param>
2078 <param name="timeout" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
2079 <desc>
2080 Wait timeout in milliseconds.
2081 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
2082 </desc>
2083 </param>
2084 <param name="changed" type="wstring" dir="out">
2085 <desc>
2086 Comma separated list of properties that have been changed and caused
2087 this method to return to the caller.
2088 </desc>
2089 </param>
2090 <param name="values" type="wstring" dir="out">
2091 <desc>Reserved, not currently used.</desc>
2092 </param>
2093 </method>
2094
2095 <method name="saveSettings">
2096 <desc>
2097 Saves the global settings to the global settings file
2098 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>).
2099
2100 This method is only useful for explicitly saving the global settings
2101 file after it has been auto-converted from the old format to the most
2102 recent format (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for details).
2103 Normally, the global settings file is implicitly saved when a global
2104 setting is changed.
2105 </desc>
2106 </method>
2107
2108 <method name="saveSettingsWithBackup">
2109 <desc>
2110 Creates a backup copy of the global settings file
2111 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>) in case of auto-conversion, and then
2112 calls <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
2113
2114 Note that the backup copy is created <b>only</b> if the settings file
2115 auto-conversion took place (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for
2116 details). Otherwise, this call is fully equivalent to
2117 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> and no backup copying is done.
2118
2119 The backup copy is created in the same directory where the original
2120 settings file is located. It is given the following file name:
2121 <pre>
2122 original.xml.x.y-platform.bak
2123 </pre>
2124 where <tt>original.xml</tt> is the original settings file name
2125 (excluding path), and <tt>x.y-platform</tt> is the version of the old
2126 format of the settings file (before auto-conversion).
2127
2128 If the given backup file already exists, this method will try to add the
2129 <tt>.N</tt> suffix to the backup file name (where <tt>N</tt> counts from
2130 0 to 9) and copy it again until it succeeds. If all suffixes are
2131 occupied, or if any other copy error occurs, this method will return a
2132 failure.
2133
2134 If the copy operation succeeds, the @a bakFileName return argument will
2135 receive a full path to the created backup file (for informational
2136 purposes). Note that this will happen even if the subsequent
2137 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> call performed by this method after the
2138 copy operation, fails.
2139
2140 <note>
2141 The VirtualBox API never calls this method. It is intended purely for
2142 the purposes of creating backup copies of the settings files by
2143 front-ends before saving the results of the automatically performed
2144 settings conversion to disk.
2145 </note>
2146
2147 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
2148 </desc>
2149 <param name="bakFileName" type="wstring" dir="return">
2150 <desc>Full path to the created backup copy.</desc>
2151 </param>
2152 </method>
2153
2154 </interface>
2155
2156 <!--
2157 // IMachine
2158 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2159 -->
2160
2161 <enumerator
2162 name="IMachineEnumerator" type="IMachine"
2163 uuid="1b554149-be0a-4465-9252-9ff8f420af55"
2164 />
2165
2166 <collection
2167 name="IMachineCollection" type="IMachine" enumerator="IMachineEnumerator"
2168 uuid="FD443EC1-3007-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
2169 readonly="yes"
2170 />
2171
2172 <interface
2173 name="IInternalMachineControl" extends="$unknown"
2174 uuid="1063893c-4c38-4304-aee9-73e072c181cc"
2175 internal="yes"
2176 wsmap="suppress"
2177 >
2178 <method name="updateState">
2179 <desc>
2180 Updates the VM state.
2181 <note>
2182 This operation will also update the settings file with
2183 the correct information about the saved state file
2184 and delete this file from disk when appropriate.
2185 </note>
2186 </desc>
2187 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
2188 </method>
2189
2190 <method name="getIPCId">
2191 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
2192 </method>
2193
2194 <method name="runUSBDeviceFilters">
2195 <desc>
2196 Asks the server to run USB devices filters of the associated
2197 machine against the given USB device and tell if there is
2198 a match.
2199 <note>
2200 Intended to be used only for remote USB devices. Local
2201 ones don't require to call this method (this is done
2202 implicitly by the Host and USBProxyService).
2203 </note>
2204 </desc>
2205 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
2206 <param name="matched" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
2207 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="out"/>
2208 </method>
2209
2210 <method name="captureUSBDevice">
2211 <desc>
2212 Requests a capture of the given host USB device.
2213 When the request is completed, the VM process will
2214 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
2215 notification.
2216 </desc>
2217 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
2218 </method>
2219
2220 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
2221 <desc>
2222 Notification that a VM is going to detach (done = false) or has
2223 already detached (done = true) the given USB device.
2224 When the done = true request is completed, the VM process will
2225 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceDetach"/>
2226 notification.
2227 <note>
2228 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
2229 and filters of all VMs but this one on the detached device
2230 as if it were just attached to the host computer.
2231 </note>
2232 </desc>
2233 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
2234 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
2235 </method>
2236
2237 <method name="autoCaptureUSBDevices">
2238 <desc>
2239 Requests a capture all matching USB devices attached to the host.
2240 When the request is completed, the VM process will
2241 get a <link to="IInternalSessionControl::onUSBDeviceAttach"/>
2242 notification per every captured device.
2243 </desc>
2244 </method>
2245
2246 <method name="detachAllUSBDevices">
2247 <desc>
2248 Notification that a VM that is being powered down. The done
2249 parameter indicates whether which stage of the power down
2250 we're at. When done = false the VM is announcing its
2251 intentions, while when done = true the VM is reporting
2252 what it has done.
2253 <note>
2254 In the done = true case, the server must run its own filters
2255 and filters of all VMs but this one on all detach devices as
2256 if they were just attached to the host computer.
2257 </note>
2258 </desc>
2259 <param name="done" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
2260 </method>
2261
2262 <method name="onSessionEnd">
2263 <desc>
2264 Triggered by the given session object when the session is about
2265 to close normally.
2266 </desc>
2267 <param name="session" type="ISession" dir="in">
2268 <desc>Session that is being closed</desc>
2269 </param>
2270 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2271 <desc>
2272 Used to wait until the corresponding machine is actually
2273 deassociated from the given session on the server.
2274 Returned only when this session is a direct one.
2275 </desc>
2276 </param>
2277 </method>
2278
2279 <method name="beginSavingState">
2280 <desc>
2281 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2282 save the current state and stop the VM execution.
2283 </desc>
2284 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2285 <desc>
2286 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2287 the state is saved.
2288 </desc>
2289 </param>
2290 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2291 <desc>
2292 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2293 </desc>
2294 </param>
2295 </method>
2296
2297 <method name="endSavingState">
2298 <desc>
2299 Called by the VM process to inform the server that saving
2300 the state previously requested by #beginSavingState is either
2301 successfully finished or there was a failure.
2302 </desc>
2303
2304 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2305 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2306 </param>
2307 </method>
2308
2309 <method name="adoptSavedState">
2310 <desc>
2311 Gets called by IConsole::adoptSavedState.
2312 </desc>
2313 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
2314 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
2315 </param>
2316 </method>
2317
2318 <method name="beginTakingSnapshot">
2319 <desc>
2320 Called by the VM process to inform the server it wants to
2321 take a snapshot.
2322 </desc>
2323 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2324 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2325 </param>
2326 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
2327 <desc>Snapshot name</desc>
2328 </param>
2329 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
2330 <desc>Snapshot description</desc>
2331 </param>
2332 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="in">
2333 <desc>
2334 Progress object created by the VM process to wait until
2335 the state is saved (only for online snapshots).
2336 </desc>
2337 </param>
2338 <param name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" dir="out">
2339 <desc>
2340 File path the VM process must save the execution state to.
2341 </desc>
2342 </param>
2343 <param name="serverProgress" type="IProgress" dir="out">
2344 <desc>
2345 Progress object created by the server process to wait until
2346 the snapshot is taken (VDI diff creation, etc.).
2347 </desc>
2348 </param>
2349 </method>
2350
2351 <method name="endTakingSnapshot">
2352 <desc>
2353 Called by the VM process to inform the server that the snapshot
2354 previously requested by #beginTakingSnapshot is either
2355 successfully taken or there was a failure.
2356 </desc>
2357
2358 <param name="success" type="boolean" dir="in">
2359 <desc><tt>true</tt> to indicate success and <tt>false</tt> otherwise</desc>
2360 </param>
2361 </method>
2362
2363 <method name="discardSnapshot">
2364 <desc>
2365 Gets called by IConsole::discardSnapshot.
2366 </desc>
2367 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2368 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2369 </param>
2370 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
2371 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
2372 </param>
2373 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2374 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2375 </param>
2376 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2377 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2378 </param>
2379 </method>
2380
2381 <method name="discardCurrentState">
2382 <desc>
2383 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentState.
2384 </desc>
2385 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2386 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2387 </param>
2388 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2389 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2390 </param>
2391 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2392 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2393 </param>
2394 </method>
2395
2396 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
2397 <desc>
2398 Gets called by IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState.
2399 </desc>
2400 <param name="initiator" type="IConsole" dir="in">
2401 <desc>The console object that initiated this call.</desc>
2402 </param>
2403 <param name="machineState" type="MachineState" dir="out">
2404 <desc>New machine state after this operation is started.</desc>
2405 </param>
2406 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
2407 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
2408 </param>
2409 </method>
2410
2411 </interface>
2412
2413 <interface
2414 name="IBIOSSettings" extends="$unknown"
2415 uuid="38b54279-dc35-4f5e-a431-835b867c6b5e"
2416 wsmap="struct"
2417 >
2418 <desc>
2419 The IBIOSSettings interface represents BIOS settings of the virtual
2420 machine. This is used only in the <link to="IMachine::BIOSSettings" /> attribute.
2421
2422 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
2423 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
2424 but a complete structure.</note>
2425 </desc>
2426 <attribute name="logoFadeIn" type="boolean">
2427 <desc>Fade in flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2428 </attribute>
2429
2430 <attribute name="logoFadeOut" type="boolean">
2431 <desc>Fade out flag for BIOS logo animation.</desc>
2432 </attribute>
2433
2434 <attribute name="logoDisplayTime" type="unsigned long">
2435 <desc>BIOS logo display time in milliseconds (0 = default).</desc>
2436 </attribute>
2437
2438 <attribute name="logoImagePath" type="wstring">
2439 <desc>Local file system path for external BIOS image.</desc>
2440 </attribute>
2441
2442 <attribute name="bootMenuMode" type="BIOSBootMenuMode">
2443 <desc>Mode of the BIOS boot device menu.</desc>
2444 </attribute>
2445
2446 <attribute name="ACPIEnabled" type="boolean">
2447 <desc>ACPI support flag.</desc>
2448 </attribute>
2449
2450 <attribute name="IOAPICEnabled" type="boolean">
2451 <desc>
2452 IO APIC support flag. If set, VirtualBox will provide an IO APIC
2453 and support IRQs above 15.
2454 </desc>
2455 </attribute>
2456
2457 <attribute name="timeOffset" type="long long">
2458 <desc>
2459 Offset in milliseconds from the host system time. This allows for
2460 guests running with a different system date/time than the host.
2461 It is equivalent to setting the system date/time in the BIOS other
2462 than it's not an absolute value but a relative one. Guest Additions
2463 time synchronization also honors this offset.
2464 </desc>
2465 </attribute>
2466
2467 <attribute name="PXEDebugEnabled" type="boolean">
2468 <desc>
2469 PXE debug logging flag. If set, VirtualBox will write extensive
2470 PXE trace information to the release log.
2471 </desc>
2472 </attribute>
2473
2474 <attribute name="IDEControllerType" type="IDEControllerType">
2475 <desc>
2476 Type of the virtual IDE controller. Depending on this value,
2477 VirtualBox will provide different virtual IDE hardware
2478 devices to the guest.
2479 </desc>
2480 </attribute>
2481
2482 </interface>
2483
2484 <interface
2485 name="IMachine" extends="$unknown"
2486 uuid="4f6b4977-95fd-40b1-8391-fc165c040635"
2487 wsmap="managed"
2488 >
2489 <desc>
2490 The IMachine interface represents a virtual machine, or guest, created
2491 in VirtualBox.
2492
2493 This interface is used in two contexts. First of all, a collection of
2494 objects implementing this interface is stored in the
2495 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> attribute which lists all the virtual
2496 machines that are currently registered with this VirtualBox
2497 installation. Also, once a session has been opened for the given virtual
2498 machine (e.g. the virtual machine is running), the machine object
2499 associated with the open session can be queried from the session object;
2500 see <link to="ISession"/> for details.
2501
2502 The main role of this interface is to expose the settings of the virtual
2503 machine and provide methods to change various aspects of the virtual
2504 machine's configuration. For machine objects stored in the
2505 <link to="IVirtualBox::machines"/> collection, all attributes are
2506 read-only unless explicitely stated otherwise in individual attribute
2507 and method descriptions. In order to change a machine setting, a session
2508 for this machine must be opened using one of
2509 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
2510 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
2511 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods. After the
2512 session has been successfully opened, a mutable machine object needs to
2513 be queried from the session object and then the desired settings changes
2514 can be applied to the returned object using IMachine attributes and
2515 methods. See the ISession interface description for more information
2516 about sessions.
2517
2518 Note that the IMachine interface does not provide methods to control
2519 virtual machine execution (such as start the machine, or power it
2520 down) -- these methods are grouped in a separate IConsole
2521 interface. Refer to the IConsole interface description to get more
2522 information about this topic.
2523
2524 <see>ISession, IConsole</see>
2525 </desc>
2526
2527 <attribute name="parent" type="IVirtualBox" readonly="yes">
2528 <desc>Associated parent obect.</desc>
2529 </attribute>
2530
2531 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2532 <desc>
2533 Whether this virtual machine is currently accessible or not.
2534
2535 The machine is considered to be inaccessible when:
2536 <ul>
2537 <li>It is a registered virtual machine, and
2538 </li>
2539 <li>Its settings file is inaccessible (for example, it is
2540 located on a network share that is not accessible during
2541 VirtualBox startup, or becomes inaccessible later, or if
2542 the settings file can be read but is invalid).
2543 </li>
2544 </ul>
2545
2546 Otherwise, the value of this property is always <tt>true</tt>.
2547
2548 Every time this property is read, the accessibility state of
2549 this machine is re-evaluated. If the returned value is |false|,
2550 the <link to="#accessError"/> property may be used to get the
2551 detailed error information describing the reason of
2552 inaccessibility.
2553
2554 When the machine is inaccessible, only the following properties
2555 can be used on it:
2556 <ul>
2557 <li><link to="#parent"/></li>
2558 <li><link to="#id"/></li>
2559 <li><link to="#settingsFilePath"/></li>
2560 <li><link to="#accessible"/></li>
2561 <li><link to="#accessError"/></li>
2562 </ul>
2563
2564 An attempt to access any other property or method will return
2565 an error.
2566
2567 The only possible action you can perform on an inaccessible
2568 machine is to unregister it using the
2569 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/> call (or, to check
2570 for the accessibility state once more by querying this
2571 property).
2572
2573 <note>
2574 In the current implementation, once this property returns
2575 <tt>true</tt>, the machine will never become inaccessible
2576 later, even if its settings file cannot be successfully
2577 read/written any more (at least, until the VirtualBox
2578 server is restarted). This limitation may be removed in
2579 future releases.
2580 </note>
2581 </desc>
2582 </attribute>
2583
2584 <attribute name="accessError" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
2585 <desc>
2586 Error information describing the reason of machine
2587 inaccessibility.
2588
2589 Reading this property is only valid after the last call to
2590 <link to="#accessible"/> returned <tt>false</tt> (i.e. the
2591 machine is currently unaccessible). Otherwise, a null
2592 IVirtualBoxErrorInfo object will be returned.
2593 </desc>
2594 </attribute>
2595
2596 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
2597 <desc>
2598 Name of the virtual machine.
2599
2600 Besides being used for human-readable identification purposes
2601 everywhere in VirtualBox, the virtual machine name is also used
2602 as a name of the machine's settings file and as a name of the
2603 subdirectory this settings file resides in. Thus, every time you
2604 change the value of this property, the settings file will be
2605 renamed once you call <link to="#saveSettings()"/> to confirm the
2606 change. The containing subdirectory will be also renamed, but
2607 only if it has exactly the same name as the settings file
2608 itself prior to changing this property (for backward compatibility
2609 with previous API releases). The above implies the following
2610 limitations:
2611 <ul>
2612 <li>The machine name cannot be empty.</li>
2613 <li>The machine name can contain only characters that are valid
2614 file name characters according to the rules of the file
2615 system used to store VirtualBox configuration.</li>
2616 <li>You cannot have two or more machines with the same name
2617 if they use the same subdirectory for storing the machine
2618 settings files.</li>
2619 <li>You cannot change the name of the machine if it is running,
2620 or if any file in the directory containing the settings file
2621 is being used by another running machine or by any other
2622 process in the host operating system at a time when
2623 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called.
2624 </li>
2625 </ul>
2626 If any of the above limitations are hit, <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2627 will return an appropriate error message explaining the exact
2628 reason and the changes you made to this machine will not be
2629 saved.
2630 <note>
2631 For "legacy" machines created using the
2632 <link to="IVirtualBox::createLegacyMachine()"/> call,
2633 the above naming limitations do not apply because the
2634 machine name does not affect the settings file name.
2635 The settings file name remains the same as it was specified
2636 during machine creation and never changes.
2637 </note>
2638 </desc>
2639 </attribute>
2640
2641 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
2642 <desc>
2643 Description of the virtual machine.
2644
2645 The description attribute can contain any text and is
2646 typically used to describe the hardware and software
2647 configuration of the virtual machine in detail (i.e. network
2648 settings, versions of the installed software and so on).
2649 </desc>
2650 </attribute>
2651
2652 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
2653 <desc>UUID of the virtual machine.</desc>
2654 </attribute>
2655
2656 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring">
2657 <desc>
2658 User-defined identifier of the Guest OS type.
2659 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
2660 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
2661 Guest OS type.
2662 <note>
2663 This value may differ from the value returned by
2664 <link to="IGuest::OSTypeId"/> if Guest Additions are
2665 installed to the guest OS.
2666 </note>
2667 </desc>
2668 </attribute>
2669
2670 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long">
2671 <desc>System memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2672 </attribute>
2673
2674 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
2675 <desc>Initial memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
2676 </attribute>
2677
2678 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
2679 <desc>Initial interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
2680 </attribute>
2681
2682 <attribute name="VRAMSize" type="unsigned long">
2683 <desc>Video memory size in megabytes.</desc>
2684 </attribute>
2685
2686 <attribute name="MonitorCount" type="unsigned long">
2687 <desc>
2688 Number of virtual monitors.
2689 <note>
2690 Only effective on Windows XP and later guests with
2691 Guest Additions installed.
2692 </note>
2693 </desc>
2694 </attribute>
2695
2696 <attribute name="BIOSSettings" type="IBIOSSettings" readonly="yes">
2697 <desc>Object containing all BIOS settings.</desc>
2698 </attribute>
2699
2700 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="TSBool">
2701 <desc>
2702 This setting determines whether VirtualBox will try to make use of
2703 the host CPU's hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x
2704 and AMD-V. Note that in case such extensions are not available,
2705 they will not be used.
2706 </desc>
2707 </attribute>
2708
2709 <attribute name="snapshotFolder" type="wstring">
2710 <desc>
2711 Full path to the directory used to store snapshot data
2712 (difrerencing hard disks and saved state files) of this machine.
2713
2714 The initial value of this property is
2715 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="#settingsFilePath">
2716 path_to_settings_file</link><tt>&gt;/&lt;</tt>
2717 <link to="#id">machine_uuid</link>
2718 <tt>&gt;</tt>.
2719
2720 Currently, it is an error to try to change this property on
2721 a machine that has snapshots (because this would require to
2722 move possibly large files to a different location).
2723 A separate method will be available for this purpose later.
2724
2725 <note>
2726 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
2727 initial value.
2728 </note>
2729 <note>
2730 When setting this property, the specified path can be
2731 absolute (full path) or relative to the directory where the
2732 <link to="#settingsFilePath">machine settings file</link>
2733 is located. When reading this property, a full path is
2734 always returned.
2735 </note>
2736 <note>
2737 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
2738 when necessary.
2739 </note>
2740 </desc>
2741 </attribute>
2742
2743 <attribute name="VRDPServer" type="IVRDPServer" readonly="yes">
2744 <desc>VRDP server object.</desc>
2745 </attribute>
2746
2747 <attribute name="hardDiskAttachments" type="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" readonly="yes">
2748 <desc>Collection of hard disks attached to the machine.</desc>
2749 </attribute>
2750
2751 <attribute name="DVDDrive" type="IDVDDrive" readonly="yes">
2752 <desc>Associated DVD drive object.</desc>
2753 </attribute>
2754
2755 <attribute name="FloppyDrive" type="IFloppyDrive" readonly="yes">
2756 <desc>Associated floppy drive object.</desc>
2757 </attribute>
2758
2759 <attribute name="USBController" type="IUSBController" readonly="yes">
2760 <desc>
2761 Associated USB controller object.
2762
2763 <note>
2764 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
2765 </note>
2766 <note>
2767 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
2768 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
2769 </note>
2770 </desc>
2771 </attribute>
2772
2773 <attribute name="audioAdapter" type="IAudioAdapter" readonly="yes">
2774 <desc>Associated audio adapter, always present.</desc>
2775 </attribute>
2776
2777 <attribute name="SATAController" type="ISATAController" readonly="yes">
2778 <desc>
2779 Associated SATA controller object.
2780 </desc>
2781 </attribute>
2782
2783 <attribute name="settingsFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2784 <desc>
2785 Full name of the file containing machine settings data.
2786 </desc>
2787 </attribute>
2788
2789 <attribute name="settingsFileVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2790 <desc>
2791 Current version of the format of the settings file of this machine
2792 (<link to="#settingsFilePath"/>).
2793
2794 The version string has the following format:
2795 <pre>
2796 x.y-platform
2797 </pre>
2798 where <tt>x</tt> and <tt>y</tt> are the major and the minor format
2799 versions, and <tt>platform</tt> is the platform identifier.
2800
2801 The current version usually matches the value of the
2802 <link to="IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion"/> attribute unless the
2803 settings file was created by an older version of VirtualBox and there
2804 was a change of the settings file format since then.
2805
2806 Note that VirtualBox automatically converts settings files from older
2807 versions to the most recent version when reading them (usually at
2808 VirtualBox startup) but it doesn't save the changes back until
2809 you call a method that implicitly saves settings (such as
2810 <link to="#setExtraData()"/>) or call <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2811 explicitly. Therefore, if the value of this attribute differs from the
2812 value of <link to="IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion"/>, then it
2813 means that the settings file was converted but the result of the
2814 conversion is not yet saved to disk.
2815
2816 The above feature may be used by interactive front-ends to inform users
2817 about the settings file format change and offer them to explicitly save
2818 all converted settings files (the global and VM-specific ones),
2819 optionally create bacup copies of the old settings files before saving,
2820 etc.
2821
2822 <see>IVirtualBox::settingsFormatVersion, saveSettingsWithBackup()</see>
2823 </desc>
2824 </attribute>
2825
2826 <attribute name="settingsModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2827 <desc>
2828 Whether the settings of this machine have been modified
2829 (but neither yet saved nor discarded).
2830 <note>
2831 Reading this property is only valid on instances returned
2832 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
2833 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or opened
2834 by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
2835 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
2836 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>. For all other
2837 cases, the settigs can never be modified.
2838 </note>
2839 <note>
2840 For newly created unregistered machines, the value of this
2841 property is always TRUE until <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
2842 is called (no matter if any machine settings have been
2843 changed after the creation or not). For opened machines
2844 the value is set to FALSE (and then follows to normal rules).
2845 </note>
2846 </desc>
2847 </attribute>
2848
2849 <attribute name="sessionState" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
2850 <desc>Current session state for this machine.</desc>
2851 </attribute>
2852
2853 <attribute name="sessionType" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2854 <desc>
2855 Type of the session. If <link to="#sessionState"/> is
2856 SessionSpawning or SessionOpen, this attribute contains the
2857 same value as passed to the
2858 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession()"/> method in the @a
2859 type parameter. If the session was opened directly using
2860 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/>, or if
2861 <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionClosed, the value of this
2862 attribute is @c null.
2863 </desc>
2864 </attribute>
2865
2866 <attribute name="sessionPid" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2867 <desc>
2868 Identifier of the session process. This attribute contains the
2869 platform-dependent identifier of the process that has opened a
2870 direct session for this machine using the
2871 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> call. The returned value
2872 is only valid if <link to="#sessionState"/> is SessionOpen or
2873 SessionClosing (i.e. a session is currently open or being
2874 closed) by the time this property is read.
2875 </desc>
2876 </attribute>
2877
2878 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
2879 <desc>Current execution state of this machine.</desc>
2880 </attribute>
2881
2882 <attribute name="lastStateChange" type="long long" readonly="yes">
2883 <desc>
2884 Time stamp of the last execution state change,
2885 in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
2886 </desc>
2887 </attribute>
2888
2889 <attribute name="stateFilePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2890 <desc>
2891 Full path to the file that stores the execution state of
2892 the machine when it is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/>
2893 state.
2894 <note>
2895 When the machine is not in the Saved state, this attribute
2896 <tt>null</tt>.
2897 </note>
2898 </desc>
2899 </attribute>
2900
2901 <attribute name="logFolder" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
2902 <desc>
2903 Full path to the folder that stores a set of rotated log files
2904 recorded during machine execution. The most recent log file is
2905 named <tt>VBox.log</tt>, the previous log file is
2906 named <tt>VBox.log.1</tt> and so on (upto <tt>VBox.log.3</tt>
2907 in the current version).
2908 </desc>
2909 </attribute>
2910
2911 <attribute name="currentSnapshot" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
2912 <desc>
2913 Current snapshot of this machine.
2914 <note>
2915 A <tt>null</tt> object is returned if the machine doesn't
2916 have snapshots.
2917 </note>
2918 <see><link to="ISnapshot"/></see>
2919 </desc>
2920 </attribute>
2921
2922 <attribute name="snapshotCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
2923 <desc>
2924 Number of snapshots taken on this machine. Zero means the
2925 machine doesn't have any snapshots.
2926 </desc>
2927 </attribute>
2928
2929 <attribute name="currentStateModified" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
2930 <desc>
2931 Returns <tt>true</tt> if the current state of the machine is not
2932 identical to the state stored in the current snapshot.
2933
2934 The current state is identical to the current snapshot right
2935 after one of the following calls are made:
2936 <ul>
2937 <li><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState"/> or
2938 <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState"/>
2939 </li>
2940 <li><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot"/> (issued on a
2941 powered off or saved machine, for which
2942 <link to="#settingsModified"/> returns <tt>false</tt>)
2943 </li>
2944 <li><link to="IMachine::setCurrentSnapshot"/>
2945 </li>
2946 </ul>
2947
2948 The current state remains identical until one of the following
2949 happens:
2950 <ul>
2951 <li>settings of the machine are changed</li>
2952 <li>the saved state is discarded</li>
2953 <li>the current snapshot is discarded</li>
2954 <li>an attempt to execute the machine is made</li>
2955 </ul>
2956
2957 <note>
2958 For machines that don't have snapshots, this property is
2959 always <tt>false</tt>.
2960 </note>
2961 </desc>
2962 </attribute>
2963
2964 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
2965 <desc>
2966 Collection of shared folders for this machine (permanent shared
2967 folders). These folders are shared automatically at machine startup
2968 and available only to the guest OS installed within this machine.
2969
2970 New shared folders are added to the collection using
2971 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
2972 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
2973 </desc>
2974 </attribute>
2975
2976 <attribute name="clipboardMode" type="ClipboardMode">
2977 <desc>
2978 Synchronization mode between the host OS clipboard
2979 and the guest OS clipboard.
2980 </desc>
2981 </attribute>
2982
2983 <method name="setBootOrder">
2984 <desc>
2985 Puts the given device to the specified position in
2986 the boot order.
2987
2988 To indicate that no device is associated with the given position,
2989 <link to="DeviceType::Null"/> should be used.
2990
2991 @todo setHardDiskBootOrder(), setNetworkBootOrder()
2992 </desc>
2993 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
2994 <desc>
2995 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
2996 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
2997 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
2998 </desc>
2999 </param>
3000 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="in">
3001 <desc>
3002 The type of the device used to boot at the given position.
3003 </desc>
3004 </param>
3005 </method>
3006
3007 <method name="getBootOrder" const="yes">
3008 <desc>
3009 Returns the device type that occupies the specified
3010 position in the boot order.
3011
3012 @todo [remove?]
3013 If the machine can have more than one device of the returned type
3014 (such as hard disks), then a separate method should be used to
3015 retrieve the individual device that occupies the given position.
3016
3017 If here are no devices at the given position, then
3018 <link to="DeviceType::Null"/> is returned.
3019
3020 @todo getHardDiskBootOrder(), getNetworkBootOrder()
3021 </desc>
3022 <param name="order" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3023 <desc>
3024 Position in the boot order (<tt>1</tt> to the total number of
3025 devices the machine can boot from, as returned by
3026 <link to="ISystemProperties::maxBootPosition"/>).
3027 </desc>
3028 </param>
3029 <param name="device" type="DeviceType" dir="return">
3030 <desc>
3031 Device at the given position.
3032 </desc>
3033 </param>
3034 </method>
3035
3036 <method name="attachHardDisk">
3037 <desc>
3038
3039 Attaches a virtual hard disk identified by the given UUID to the
3040 given device slot of the given channel on the given bus. The
3041 specified device slot must not have another disk attached and the
3042 given hard disk must not be already attached to this machine.
3043
3044 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
3045 attaching hard disks.
3046
3047 <note>You cannot attach a hard disk to a running machine. Also,
3048 you cannot attach a hard disk to a newly created machine until
3049 it is registered.</note>
3050
3051 <note>Attaching a hard disk to a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
3052 attachment. In particular, no differeincing images are
3053 actually created until <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called to
3054 commit all changed settings.</note>
3055
3056 </desc>
3057 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3058 <desc>UUID of the hard disk to attach.</desc>
3059 </param>
3060 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in">
3061 <desc>Type of storage bus to use (IDE or SATA).</desc>
3062 </param>
3063 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in">
3064 <desc>Channel to attach the hard disk to. For IDE controllers,
3065 this can either be 0 or 1, for the primary or secondary controller,
3066 respectively.</desc>
3067 </param>
3068 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
3069 <desc>Device slot in the given channel to attach the hard disk to.
3070 For IDE devices, within each channel (0 or 1), this can again be
3071 0 or 1, for master or slave, respectively.</desc>
3072 </param>
3073 </method>
3074
3075 <method name="getHardDisk" const="yes">
3076 <desc>
3077 Returns the hard disk attached to the
3078 given controller under the specified device number.
3079 </desc>
3080 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in"/>
3081 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in"/>
3082 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in"/>
3083 <param name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" dir="return"/>
3084 </method>
3085
3086 <method name="detachHardDisk">
3087 <desc>
3088
3089 Detaches the hard disk drive attached to the given device slot
3090 of the given controller.
3091
3092 See <link to="IHardDisk"/> for detailed information about
3093 attaching hard disks.
3094
3095 <note>You cannot detach a hard disk from a running
3096 machine.</note>
3097
3098 <note>
3099 Detaching a hard disk from a machine creates a <i>lazy</i>
3100 detachment. In particular, if the detached hard disk is a
3101 differencing hard disk, it is not actually deleted until
3102 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> is called to commit all changed settings.
3103 Keep in mind, that doing <link to="#saveSettings()"/> will
3104 <b>physically delete</b> all detached differencing hard disks,
3105 so be careful.
3106 </note>
3107
3108 </desc>
3109 <param name="bus" type="StorageBus" dir="in">
3110 <desc>Bus to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3111 </param>
3112 <param name="channel" type="long" dir="in">
3113 <desc>Channel number to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3114 </param>
3115 <param name="device" type="long" dir="in">
3116 <desc>Device slot number to dettach the hard disk from.</desc>
3117 </param>
3118 </method>
3119
3120 <method name="getNetworkAdapter" const="yes">
3121 <desc>
3122 Returns the network adapter associated with the given slot.
3123 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3124 number of adapters per every machine is defined by the
3125 <link to="ISystemProperties::networkAdapterCount"/> property,
3126 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3127 </desc>
3128 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3129 <param name="adapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="return"/>
3130 </method>
3131
3132 <method name="getSerialPort" const="yes">
3133 <desc>
3134 Returns the serial port associated with the given slot.
3135 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3136 number of serial ports per every machine is defined by the
3137 <link to="ISystemProperties::serialPortCount"/> property,
3138 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3139 </desc>
3140 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3141 <param name="port" type="ISerialPort" dir="return"/>
3142 </method>
3143
3144 <method name="getParallelPort" const="yes">
3145 <desc>
3146 Returns the parallel port associated with the given slot.
3147 Slots are numbered sequentially, starting with zero. The total
3148 number of parallel ports per every machine is defined by the
3149 <link to="ISystemProperties::parallelPortCount"/> property,
3150 so the maximum slot number is one less than that property's value.
3151 </desc>
3152 <param name="slot" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
3153 <param name="port" type="IParallelPort" dir="return"/>
3154 </method>
3155
3156 <method name="getNextExtraDataKey">
3157 <desc>
3158 Returns the machine-specific extra data key name following the
3159 supplied key.
3160
3161 An error is returned if the supplied @a key does not exist. @c NULL is
3162 returned in @a nextKey if the supplied key is the last key. When
3163 supplying @c NULL for the @a key, the first key item is returned in @a
3164 nextKey (if there is any). @a nextValue is an optional parameter and
3165 if supplied, the next key's value is returned in it.
3166 </desc>
3167 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3168 <desc>Name of the data key to follow.</desc>
3169 </param>
3170 <param name="nextKey" type="wstring" dir="out">
3171 <desc>Name of the next data key.</desc>
3172 </param>
3173 <param name="nextValue" type="wstring" dir="out">
3174 <desc>Value of the next data key.</desc>
3175 </param>
3176 </method>
3177
3178 <method name="getExtraData">
3179 <desc>
3180 Returns associated machine-specific extra data.
3181
3182 If the reuqested data @a key does not exist, this function will
3183 succeed and return @c NULL in the @a value argument.
3184 </desc>
3185 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3186 <desc>Name of the data key to get.</desc>
3187 </param>
3188 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="return">
3189 <desc>Value of the requested data key.</desc>
3190 </param>
3191 </method>
3192
3193 <method name="setExtraData">
3194 <desc>
3195 Sets associated machine-specific extra data.
3196
3197 If you pass @c NULL as a key @a vaule, the given @a key will be
3198 deleted.
3199
3200 <note>
3201 Before performing the actual data change, this method will ask all
3202 registered callbacks using the
3203 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataCanChange()"/>
3204 notification for a permission. If one of the callbacks refuses the
3205 new value, the change will not be performed.
3206 </note>
3207 <note>
3208 On success, the
3209 <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onExtraDataChange()"/> notification
3210 is called to inform all registered callbacks about a successful data
3211 change.
3212 </note>
3213 <note>
3214 This method can be called outside the machine session and therefore
3215 it's a caller's responsibility to handle possible race conditions
3216 when several clients change the same key at the same time.
3217 </note>
3218 </desc>
3219 <param name="key" type="wstring" dir="in">
3220 <desc>Name of the data key to set.</desc>
3221 </param>
3222 <param name="value" type="wstring" dir="in">
3223 <desc>Value to assign to the key.</desc>
3224 </param>
3225 </method>
3226
3227 <method name="saveSettings">
3228 <desc>
3229 Saves any changes to machine settings made since the session
3230 has been opened or a new machine has been created, or since the
3231 last call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/> or <link to="#discardSettings()"/>.
3232 For registered machines, new settings become visible to all
3233 other VirtualBox clients after successful invocation of this
3234 method.
3235 <note>
3236 The method sends <link to="IVirtualBoxCallback::onMachineDataChange()"/>
3237 notification event after the configuration has been successfully
3238 saved (only for registered machines).
3239 </note>
3240 <note>
3241 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3242 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3243 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> but not
3244 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3245 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3246 </note>
3247 </desc>
3248 </method>
3249
3250 <method name="saveSettingsWithBackup">
3251 <desc>
3252 Creates a backup copy of the machine settings file (<link
3253 to="#settingsFilePath"/>) in case of auto-conversion, and then calls
3254 <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
3255
3256 Note that the backup copy is created <b>only</b> if the settings file
3257 auto-conversion took place (see <link to="#settingsFileVersion"/> for
3258 details). Otherwise, this call is fully equivalent to
3259 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> and no backup copying is done.
3260
3261 The backup copy is created in the same directory where the original
3262 settings file is located. It is given the following file name:
3263 <pre>
3264 original.xml.x.y-platform.bak
3265 </pre>
3266 where <tt>original.xml</tt> is the original settings file name
3267 (excluding path), and <tt>x.y-platform</tt> is the version of the old
3268 format of the settings file (before auto-conversion).
3269
3270 If the given backup file already exists, this method will try to add the
3271 <tt>.N</tt> suffix to the backup file name (where <tt>N</tt> counts from
3272 0 to 9) and copy it again until it succeeds. If all suffixes are
3273 occupied, or if any other copy error occurs, this method will return a
3274 failure.
3275
3276 If the copy operation succeeds, the @a bakFileName return argument will
3277 receive a full path to the created backup file (for informational
3278 purposes). Note that this will happen even if the subsequent
3279 <link to="#saveSettings()"/> call performed by this method after the
3280 copy operation, fails.
3281
3282 <note>
3283 The VirtualBox API never calls this method. It is intended purely for
3284 the purposes of creating backup copies of the settings files by
3285 front-ends before saving the results of the automatically performed
3286 settings conversion to disk.
3287 </note>
3288
3289 <see>settingsFileVersion</see>
3290 </desc>
3291 <param name="bakFileName" type="wstring" dir="return">
3292 <desc>Full path to the created backup copy.</desc>
3293 </param>
3294 </method>
3295
3296 <method name="discardSettings">
3297 <desc>
3298 Discards any changes to the machine settings made since the session
3299 has been opened or since the last call to <link to="#saveSettings()"/>
3300 or <link to="#discardSettings"/>.
3301 <note>
3302 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3303 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3304 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
3305 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
3306 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3307 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3308 </note>
3309 </desc>
3310 </method>
3311
3312 <method name="deleteSettings">
3313 <desc>
3314 Deletes the settings file of this machine from disk.
3315 The machine must not be registered in order for this operation
3316 to succeed.
3317 <note>
3318 <link to="#settingsModified"/> will return TRUE after this
3319 method successfully returns.
3320 </note>
3321 <note>
3322 Calling this method is only valid on instances returned
3323 by <link to="ISession::machine"/> and on new machines
3324 created by <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine"/> or
3325 opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine"/> but not
3326 yet registered, or on unregistered machines after calling
3327 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterMachine"/>.
3328 </note>
3329 <note>
3330 The deleted machine settings file can be restored (saved again)
3331 by calling <link to="#saveSettings()"/>.
3332 </note>
3333 </desc>
3334 </method>
3335
3336 <method name="getSnapshot">
3337 <desc>
3338 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given UUID.
3339 A <tt>null</tt> UUID can be used to obtain the first snapshot
3340 taken on this machine. This is useful if you want to traverse
3341 the whole tree of snapshots starting from the root.
3342 </desc>
3343 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3344 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to get</desc>
3345 </param>
3346 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3347 <desc>Snapshot object with the given UUID.</desc>
3348 </param>
3349 </method>
3350
3351 <method name="findSnapshot">
3352 <desc>
3353 Returns a snapshot of this machine with the given name.
3354 </desc>
3355 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3356 <desc>Name of the snapshot to find</desc>
3357 </param>
3358 <param name="snapshot" type="ISnapshot" dir="return">
3359 <desc>Snapshot object with the given name.</desc>
3360 </param>
3361 </method>
3362
3363 <method name="setCurrentSnapshot">
3364 <desc>
3365 Sets the current snapshot of this machine.
3366 <note>
3367 In the current implementation, this operation is not
3368 implemented.
3369 </note>
3370 </desc>
3371 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
3372 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to set as the current snapshot.</desc>
3373 </param>
3374 </method>
3375
3376 <method name="createSharedFolder">
3377 <desc>
3378 Creates a new permanent shared folder by associating the given logical
3379 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
3380 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
3381 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
3382 </desc>
3383 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3384 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
3385 </param>
3386 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
3387 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
3388 </param>
3389 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
3390 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
3391 </param>
3392 </method>
3393
3394 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
3395 <desc>
3396 Removes the permanent shared folder with the given name previously
3397 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
3398 shared folders and stops sharing it.
3399 </desc>
3400 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
3401 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
3402 </param>
3403 </method>
3404
3405 <method name="canShowConsoleWindow">
3406 <desc>
3407 Returns @c true if the VM console process can activate the
3408 console window and bring it to foreground on the desktop of
3409 the host PC.
3410 <note>
3411 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3412 currently open.
3413 </note>
3414 </desc>
3415 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3416 <desc>
3417 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3418 false otherwise.
3419 </desc>
3420 </param>
3421 </method>
3422
3423 <method name="showConsoleWindow">
3424 <desc>
3425 Activates the console window and brings it to foreground on
3426 the desktop of the host PC. Many modern window managers on
3427 many platforms implement some sort of focus stealing
3428 prevention logic, so that it may be impossible to activate
3429 a window without the help of the currently active
3430 application. In this case, this method will return a non-zero
3431 identifier that represents the top-level window of the VM
3432 console process. The caller, if it represents a currently
3433 active process, is responsible to use this identifier (in a
3434 platform-dependent manner) to perform actual window
3435 activation.
3436 <note>
3437 This method will fail if a session for this machine is not
3438 currently open.
3439 </note>
3440 </desc>
3441 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3442 <desc>
3443 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
3444 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
3445 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
3446 the given platform and/or VirtualBox front-end.
3447 </desc>
3448 </param>
3449 </method>
3450
3451 </interface>
3452
3453 <!--
3454 // IConsole
3455 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3456 -->
3457
3458 <interface
3459 name="IConsoleCallback" extends="$unknown"
3460 uuid="13dfbef3-b74d-487d-bada-2304529aefa6"
3461 wsmap="suppress"
3462 >
3463
3464 <method name="onMousePointerShapeChange">
3465 <desc>
3466 Notification when the guest mouse pointer shape has
3467 changed. The new shape data is given.
3468 </desc>
3469 <param name="visible" type="boolean" dir="in">
3470 <desc>
3471 Flag whether the pointer is visible.
3472 </desc>
3473 </param>
3474 <param name="alpha" type="boolean" dir="in">
3475 <desc>
3476 Flag whether the pointer has an alpha channel.
3477 </desc>
3478 </param>
3479 <param name="xHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3480 <desc>
3481 The pointer hot spot x coordinate.
3482 </desc>
3483 </param>
3484 <param name="yHot" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3485 <desc>
3486 The pointer hot spot y coordinate.
3487 </desc>
3488 </param>
3489 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3490 <desc>
3491 Width of the pointer shape in pixels.
3492 </desc>
3493 </param>
3494 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
3495 <desc>
3496 Height of the pointer shape in pixels.
3497 </desc>
3498 </param>
3499 <param name="shape" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
3500 <desc>
3501 Address of the shape buffer.
3502
3503 The buffer contains 1 bpp (bits per pixel) AND mask followed by 32 bpp XOR (color) mask.
3504
3505 For pointers without alpha channel the XOR mask pixels are 32 bit values: (lsb)BGR0(msb).
3506 For pointers with alpha channel the XOR mask consists of (lsb)BGRA(msb) 32 bit values.
3507
3508 AND mask presents for pointers with alpha channel, so if the callback does not
3509 support alpha, the pointer could be displayed as a normal color pointer.
3510
3511 The AND mask is 1 bpp bitmap with byte aligned scanlines. Size of AND mask,
3512 therefore, is <tt>cbAnd = (width + 7) / 8 * height</tt>. The padding bits at the
3513 end of any scanline are undefined.
3514
3515 The XOR mask follows the AND mask on the next 4 bytes aligned offset:
3516 <tt>uint8_t *pXor = pAnd + (cbAnd + 3) &amp; ~3</tt>
3517 Bytes in the gap between the AND and the XOR mask are undefined.
3518 XOR mask scanlines have no gap between them and size of XOR mask is:
3519 <tt>cXor = width * 4 * height</tt>.
3520
3521 <note>
3522 If 'shape' is equal to 0, only pointer visibility is being changed.
3523 </note>
3524 </desc>
3525 </param>
3526 </method>
3527
3528 <method name="onMouseCapabilityChange">
3529 <desc>
3530 Notification when the mouse capabilities reported by the
3531 guest have changed. The new capabilities are passed.
3532 </desc>
3533 <param name="supportsAbsolute" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3534 <param name="needsHostCursor" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3535 </method>
3536
3537 <method name="onKeyboardLedsChange">
3538 <desc>
3539 Notification when the guest OS executes the KBD_CMD_SET_LEDS command
3540 to alter the state of the keyboard LEDs.
3541 </desc>
3542 <param name="numLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3543 <param name="capsLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3544 <param name="scrollLock" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
3545 </method>
3546
3547 <method name="onStateChange">
3548 <desc>
3549 Notification when the execution state of the machine has changed.
3550 The new state will be given.
3551 </desc>
3552 <param name="state" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
3553 </method>
3554
3555 <method name="onAdditionsStateChange">
3556 <desc>
3557 Notification when a Guest Additions property changes.
3558 Interested callees should query IGuest attributes to
3559 find out what has changed.
3560 </desc>
3561 </method>
3562
3563 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
3564 <desc>
3565 Notification when a property of the
3566 virtual <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive">DVD drive</link> changes.
3567 Interested callees should use IDVDDrive methods to find out what has
3568 changed.
3569 </desc>
3570 </method>
3571
3572 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
3573 <desc>
3574 Notification when a property of the
3575 virtual <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive">floppy drive</link> changes.
3576 Interested callees should use IFloppyDrive methods to find out what
3577 has changed.
3578 </desc>
3579 </method>
3580
3581 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
3582 <desc>
3583 Notification when a property of one of the
3584 virtual <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter">network adapters</link>
3585 changes. Interested callees should use INetworkAdapter methods and
3586 attributes to find out what has changed.
3587 </desc>
3588 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in">
3589 <desc>Network adapter that is subject to change.</desc>
3590 </param>
3591 </method>
3592
3593 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
3594 <desc>
3595 Notification when a property of one of the
3596 virtual <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort">serial ports</link> changes.
3597 Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and attributes
3598 to find out what has changed.
3599 </desc>
3600 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in">
3601 <desc>Serial port that is subject to change.</desc>
3602 </param>
3603 </method>
3604
3605 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
3606 <desc>
3607 Notification when a property of one of the
3608 virtual <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort">parallel ports</link>
3609 changes. Interested callees should use ISerialPort methods and
3610 attributes to find out what has changed.
3611 </desc>
3612 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in">
3613 <desc>Parallel port that is subject to change.</desc>
3614 </param>
3615 </method>
3616
3617 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
3618 <desc>
3619 Notification when a property of the
3620 <link to="IMachine::VRDPServer">VRDP server</link> changes.
3621 Interested callees should use IVRDPServer methods and attributes to
3622 find out what has changed.
3623 </desc>
3624 </method>
3625
3626 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
3627 <desc>
3628 Notification when a property of the virtual
3629 <link to="IMachine::USBController">USB controller</link> changes.
3630 Interested callees should use IUSBController methods and attributes to
3631 find out what has changed.
3632 </desc>
3633 </method>
3634
3635 <method name="onUSBDeviceStateChange">
3636 <desc>
3637 Notification when a USB device is attached to or detached from
3638 the virtual USB controller.
3639
3640 This notification is sent as a result of the indirect
3641 request to attach the device because it matches one of the
3642 machine USB filters, or as a result of the direct request
3643 issued by <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/> or
3644 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>.
3645
3646 This notification is sent in case of both a succeeded and a
3647 failed request completion. When the request succeeds, the @a
3648 error parameter is @c null, and the given device has been
3649 already added to (when @a attached is @c true) or removed from
3650 (when @a attached is @c false) the collection represented by
3651 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/>. On failure, the collection
3652 doesn't change and the @a error perameter represents the error
3653 message describing the failure.
3654
3655 </desc>
3656 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in">
3657 <desc>Device that is subject to state change.</desc>
3658 </param>
3659 <param name="attached" type="boolean" dir="in">
3660 <desc>
3661 <tt>true</tt> if the device was attached
3662 and <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
3663 </desc>
3664 </param>
3665 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in">
3666 <desc>
3667 <tt>null</tt> on success or an error message object on
3668 failure.
3669 </desc>
3670 </param>
3671 </method>
3672
3673 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
3674 <desc>
3675 Notification when a shared folder is added or removed.
3676 The @a scope argument defines one of three scopes:
3677 <link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders">global shared folders</link>
3678 (<link to="Scope::Global">Global</link>),
3679 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders">permanent shared folders</link> of
3680 the machine (<link to="Scope::Machine">Machine</link>) or <link
3681 to="IConsole::sharedFolders">transient shared folders</link> of the
3682 machine (<link to="Scope::Session">Session</link>). Interested callees
3683 should use query the corresponding collections to find out what has
3684 changed.
3685 </desc>
3686 <param name="scope" type="Scope" dir="in">
3687 <desc>Sope of the notification.</desc>
3688 </param>
3689 </method>
3690
3691 <method name="onRuntimeError">
3692 <desc>
3693 Notification when an error happens during the virtual
3694 machine execution.
3695
3696 There are three kinds of runtime errors:
3697 <ul>
3698 <li><i>fatal</i></li>
3699 <li><i>non-fatal with retry</i></li>
3700 <li><i>non-fatal warnings</i></li>
3701 </ul>
3702
3703 <b>Fatal</b> errors are indicated by the @a fatal parameter set
3704 to <tt>true</tt>. In case of fatal errors, the virtual machine
3705 execution is always paused before calling this notification, and
3706 the notification handler is supposed either to immediately save
3707 the virtual machine state using <link to="IConsole::saveState()"/>
3708 or power it off using <link to="IConsole::powerDown()"/>.
3709 Resuming the execution can lead to unpredictable results.
3710
3711 <b>Non-fatal</b> errors and warnings are indicated by the
3712 @a fatal parameter set to <tt>false</tt>. If the virtual machine
3713 is in the Paused state by the time the error notification is
3714 received, it means that the user can <i>try to resume</i> the machine
3715 execution after attempting to solve the probem that caused the
3716 error. In this case, the notification handler is supposed
3717 to show an appropriate message to the user (depending on the
3718 value of the @a id parameter) that offers several actions such
3719 as <i>Retry</i>, <i>Save</i> or <i>Power Off</i>. If the user
3720 wants to retry, the notification handler should continue
3721 the machine execution using the <link to="IConsole::resume()"/>
3722 call. If the machine execution is not Paused during this
3723 notification, then it means this notification is a <i>warning</i>
3724 (for example, about a fatal condition that can happen very soon);
3725 no immediate action is required from the user, the machine
3726 continues its normal execution.
3727
3728 Note that in either case the notification handler
3729 <b>must not</b> perform any action directly on a thread
3730 where this notification is called. Everything it is allowed to
3731 do is to post a message to another thread that will then talk
3732 to the user and take the corresponding action.
3733
3734 Currently, the following error identificators are known:
3735 <ul>
3736 <li><tt>"HostMemoryLow"</tt></li>
3737 <li><tt>"HostAudioNotResponding"</tt></li>
3738 <li><tt>"VDIStorageFull"</tt></li>
3739 </ul>
3740
3741 <note>
3742 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3743 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3744 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3745 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3746 return @c S_OK from all but one of them that does actual
3747 user notification and performs necessary actions.
3748 </note>
3749
3750 </desc>
3751 <param name="fatal" type="boolean" dir="in">
3752 <desc>Whether the error is fatal or not</desc>
3753 </param>
3754 <param name="id" type="wstring" dir="in">
3755 <desc>Error identificator</desc>
3756 </param>
3757 <param name="message" type="wstring" dir="in">
3758 <desc>Optional error message</desc>
3759 </param>
3760 </method>
3761
3762 <method name="onCanShowWindow">
3763 <desc>
3764 Notification when a call to
3765 <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> is made by a
3766 front-end to check if a subsequent call to
3767 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> can succeed.
3768
3769 The callee should give an answer appropriate to the current
3770 machine state in the @a canShow argument. This answer must
3771 remain valid at least until the next
3772 <link to="IConsole::state">machine state</link> change.
3773
3774 <note>
3775 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3776 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3777 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3778 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3779 return @c true and @c S_OK from all but one of them that
3780 actually manages console window activation.
3781 </note>
3782 </desc>
3783 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="return">
3784 <desc>
3785 @c true if the console window can be shown and @c
3786 false otherwise.
3787 </desc>
3788 </param>
3789 </method>
3790
3791 <method name="onShowWindow">
3792 <desc>
3793 Notification when a call to
3794 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/>
3795 requests the console window to be activated and brought to
3796 foreground on the desktop of the host PC.
3797
3798 This notification should cause the VM console process to
3799 perform the requested action as described above. If it is
3800 impossible to do it at a time of this notification, this
3801 method should return a failure.
3802
3803 Note that many modern window managers on many platforms
3804 implement some sort of focus stealing prevention logic, so
3805 that it may be impossible to activate a window without the
3806 help of the currently active application (which is supposedly
3807 an initiator of this notification). In this case, this method
3808 must return a non-zero identifier that represents the
3809 top-level window of the VM console process. The caller, if it
3810 represents a currently active process, is responsible to use
3811 this identifier (in a platform-dependent manner) to perform
3812 actual window activation.
3813
3814 This method must set @a winId to zero if it has performed all
3815 actions necessary to complete the request and the console
3816 window is now active and in foreground, to indicate that no
3817 further action is required on the caller's side.
3818
3819 <note>
3820 This notification is not designed to be implemented by
3821 more than one callback at a time. If you have multiple
3822 IConsoleCallback instances registered on the given
3823 IConsole object, make sure you simply do nothing but
3824 return@c S_OK from all but one of them that actually
3825 manages console window activation.
3826 </note>
3827 </desc>
3828 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="return">
3829 <desc>
3830 Platform-dependent identifier of the top-level VM console
3831 window, or zero if this method has performed all actions
3832 necessary to implement the <i>show window</i> semantics for
3833 the given platform and/or this VirtualBox front-end.
3834 </desc>
3835 </param>
3836 </method>
3837
3838 </interface>
3839
3840 <interface
3841 name="IRemoteDisplayInfo" extends="$unknown"
3842 uuid="550104cd-2dfd-4a6c-857d-f6f8e088e62c"
3843 wsmap="struct"
3844 >
3845 <desc>
3846 Contains information about the remote display (VRDP) capabilities and status.
3847 This is used in the <link to="IConsole::remoteDisplayInfo" /> attribute.
3848
3849 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
3850 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
3851 but a complete structure.</note>
3852 </desc>
3853
3854 <attribute name="active" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
3855 <desc>
3856 Whether the remote display connection is active.
3857 </desc>
3858 </attribute>
3859
3860 <attribute name="numberOfClients" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3861 <desc>
3862 How many times a client connected.
3863 </desc>
3864 </attribute>
3865
3866 <attribute name="beginTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
3867 <desc>
3868 When the last connection was established, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
3869 </desc>
3870 </attribute>
3871
3872 <attribute name="endTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
3873 <desc>
3874 When the last connection was terminated or the current time, if
3875 connection is still active, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
3876 </desc>
3877 </attribute>
3878
3879 <attribute name="bytesSent" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3880 <desc>
3881 How many bytes were sent in last or current, if still active, connection.
3882 </desc>
3883 </attribute>
3884
3885 <attribute name="bytesSentTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3886 <desc>
3887 How many bytes were sent in all connections.
3888 </desc>
3889 </attribute>
3890
3891 <attribute name="bytesReceived" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3892 <desc>
3893 How many bytes were received in last or current, if still active, connection.
3894 </desc>
3895 </attribute>
3896
3897 <attribute name="bytesReceivedTotal" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
3898 <desc>
3899 How many bytes were received in all connections.
3900 </desc>
3901 </attribute>
3902
3903 <attribute name="user" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3904 <desc>
3905 Login user name supplied by the client.
3906 </desc>
3907 </attribute>
3908
3909 <attribute name="domain" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3910 <desc>
3911 Login domain name supplied by the client.
3912 </desc>
3913 </attribute>
3914
3915 <attribute name="clientName" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3916 <desc>
3917 The client name supplied by the client.
3918 </desc>
3919 </attribute>
3920
3921 <attribute name="clientIP" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
3922 <desc>
3923 The IP address of the client.
3924 </desc>
3925 </attribute>
3926
3927 <attribute name="clientVersion" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3928 <desc>
3929 The client software version number.
3930 </desc>
3931 </attribute>
3932
3933 <attribute name="encryptionStyle" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
3934 <desc>
3935 Public key exchange method used when connection was established.
3936 Values: 0 - RDP4 public key exchange scheme.
3937 1 - X509 sertificates were sent to client.
3938 </desc>
3939 </attribute>
3940
3941 </interface>
3942
3943 <interface
3944 name="IConsole" extends="$unknown"
3945 uuid="d5a1cbda-f5d7-4824-9afe-d640c94c7dcf"
3946 wsmap="managed"
3947 >
3948 <desc>
3949 The IConsole interface represents an interface to control virtual
3950 machine execution.
3951
3952 The console object that implements the IConsole interface is obtained
3953 from a session object after the session for the given machine has been
3954 opened using one of <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>,
3955 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/> or
3956 <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/> methdods.
3957
3958 Methods of the IConsole interface allow the caller to query the current
3959 virtual machine execution state, pause the machine or power it down, save
3960 the machine state or take a snapshot, attach and detach removable media
3961 and so on.
3962
3963 <see>ISession</see>
3964 </desc>
3965
3966 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
3967 <desc>
3968 Machine object this console is sessioned with.
3969 <note>
3970 This is a convenience property, it has the same value as
3971 <link to="ISession::machine"/> of the corresponding session
3972 object.
3973 </note>
3974 </desc>
3975 </attribute>
3976
3977 <attribute name="state" type="MachineState" readonly="yes">
3978 <desc>
3979 Current execution state of the machine.
3980 <note>
3981 This property always returns the same value as the corresponding
3982 property of the IMachine object this console is sessioned with.
3983 For the process that owns (executes) the VM, this is the
3984 preferable way of querying the VM state, because no IPC
3985 calls are made.
3986 </note>
3987 </desc>
3988 </attribute>
3989
3990 <attribute name="guest" type="IGuest" readonly="yes">
3991 <desc>Guest object.</desc>
3992 </attribute>
3993
3994 <attribute name="keyboard" type="IKeyboard" readonly="yes">
3995 <desc>
3996 Virtual keyboard object.
3997 <note>
3998 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
3999 the returned object will result in an error.
4000 </note>
4001 </desc>
4002 </attribute>
4003
4004 <attribute name="mouse" type="IMouse" readonly="yes">
4005 <desc>
4006 Virtual mouse object.
4007 <note>
4008 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
4009 the returned object will result in an error.
4010 </note>
4011 </desc>
4012 </attribute>
4013
4014 <attribute name="display" type="IDisplay" readonly="yes">
4015 <desc>Virtual display object.
4016 <note>
4017 If the machine is not running, any attempt to use
4018 the returned object will result in an error.
4019 </note>
4020 </desc>
4021 </attribute>
4022
4023 <attribute name="debugger" type="IMachineDebugger" readonly="yes">
4024 <desc>Debugging interface.</desc>
4025 </attribute>
4026
4027 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4028 <desc>
4029 Collection of USB devices currently attached to the virtual
4030 USB controller.
4031 <note>
4032 The collection is empty if the machine is not running.
4033 </note>
4034 </desc>
4035 </attribute>
4036
4037 <attribute name="remoteUSBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4038 <desc>
4039 List of USB devices currently attached to the remote VRDP client.
4040 Once a new device is physically attached to the remote host computer,
4041 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
4042 </desc>
4043 </attribute>
4044
4045 <attribute name="sharedFolders" type="ISharedFolderCollection" readonly="yes">
4046 <desc>
4047 Collection of shared folders for the current session. These folders
4048 are called transient shared folders because they are available to the
4049 guest OS running inside the associated virtual machine only for the
4050 duration of the session (as opposed to
4051 <link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/> which represent permanent shared
4052 folders). When the session is closed (e.g. the machine is powered down),
4053 these folders are automatically discarded.
4054
4055 New shared folders are added to the collection using
4056 <link to="#createSharedFolder"/>. Existing shared folders can be
4057 removed using <link to="#removeSharedFolder"/>.
4058 </desc>
4059 </attribute>
4060
4061 <attribute name="remoteDisplayInfo" type="IRemoteDisplayInfo" readonly="yes">
4062 <desc>
4063 Interface that provides information on Remote Display (VRDP) connection.
4064 </desc>
4065 </attribute>
4066
4067 <method name="powerUp">
4068 <desc>
4069 Starts the virtual machine execution using the current machine
4070 state (i.e. its current execution state, current settings and
4071 current hard disks).
4072
4073 If the machine is powered off or aborted, the execution will
4074 start from the beginning (as if the real hardware were just
4075 powered on).
4076
4077 If the machine is in the <link to="MachineState::Saved"/> state,
4078 it will continue its execution the point where the state has
4079 beem saved.
4080
4081 <see>#saveState</see>
4082 </desc>
4083 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4084 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4085 </param>
4086 </method>
4087
4088 <method name="powerDown">
4089 <desc>
4090 Stops the virtual machine execution.
4091 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
4092 PoweredOff state.
4093 </desc>
4094 </method>
4095
4096 <method name="reset">
4097 <desc>Resets the virtual machine.</desc>
4098 </method>
4099
4100 <method name="pause">
4101 <desc>Pauses the virtual machine execution.</desc>
4102 </method>
4103
4104 <method name="resume">
4105 <desc>Resumes the virtual machine execution.</desc>
4106 </method>
4107
4108 <method name="powerButton">
4109 <desc>Send the ACPI power button event to the guest.</desc>
4110 </method>
4111
4112 <method name="sleepButton">
4113 <desc>Send the ACPI sleep button event to the guest.</desc>
4114 </method>
4115
4116 <method name="getPowerButtonHandled">
4117 <desc>Check if the last power button event was handled by guest.</desc>
4118 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
4119 </method>
4120
4121 <method name="saveState">
4122 <desc>
4123 Saves the current execution state of a running virtual machine
4124 and stops its executiuon.
4125
4126 After this operation completes, the machine will go to the
4127 Saved state. Next time it is powered up, this state will
4128 be restored and the machine will continue its execution from
4129 the place where it was saved.
4130
4131 This operation differs from taking a snapshot to the effect
4132 that it doesn't create new differencing hard disks. Also, once
4133 the machine is powered up from the state saved using this method,
4134 the saved state is deleted, so it will be impossible to return
4135 to this state later.
4136
4137 <note>
4138 On success, this method implicitly calls
4139 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to save all current machine
4140 settings (including runtime changes to the DVD drive, etc.).
4141 Together with the impossibility to change any VM settings when it is
4142 in the Saved state, this guarantees the adequate hardware
4143 configuration of the machine when it is restored from the saved
4144 state file.
4145 </note>
4146
4147 <note>
4148 The machine must be in the Running or Paused state, otherwise
4149 the operation will fail.
4150 </note>
4151
4152 <see><link to="#takeSnapshot"/></see>
4153 </desc>
4154 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4155 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4156 </param>
4157 </method>
4158
4159 <method name="adoptSavedState">
4160 <desc>
4161 Associates the given saved state file to the virtual machine.
4162
4163 On success, the machine will go to the Saved state. Next time it is
4164 powered up, it will be restored from the adopted saved state and
4165 continue execution from the place where the saved state file was
4166 created.
4167
4168 The specified saved state file path may be full or relative to the
4169 folder the VM normally saves the state to (usually,
4170 <link to="IMachine::snapshotFolder"/>).
4171
4172 <note>
4173 It's a caller's responsibility to make sure the given saved state
4174 file is compatible with the settings of this virtual machine that
4175 represent its virtual hardware (memory size, hard disk configuration
4176 etc.). If there is a mismatch, the behavior of the virtual machine
4177 is undefined.
4178 </note>
4179 </desc>
4180 <param name="savedStateFile" type="wstring" dir="in">
4181 <desc>Path to the saved state file to adopt.</desc>
4182 </param>
4183 </method>
4184
4185 <method name="discardSavedState">
4186 <desc>
4187 Discards (deletes) the saved state of the virtual machine
4188 previously created by <link to="#saveState"/>. Next time the
4189 machine is powered up, a clean boot will occur.
4190 <note>
4191 This operation is equivalent to resetting or powering off
4192 the machine without doing a proper shutdown in the guest OS.
4193 </note>
4194 </desc>
4195 </method>
4196
4197 <method name="getDeviceActivity">
4198 <desc>
4199 Gets the current activity type of a given device or device group.
4200 </desc>
4201 <param name="type" type="DeviceType" dir="in"/>
4202 <param name="activity" type="DeviceActivity" dir="return"/>
4203 </method>
4204
4205 <method name="attachUSBDevice">
4206 <desc>
4207 Attaches a host USB device with the given UUID to the
4208 USB controller of the virtual machine.
4209
4210 The device needs to be in one of the following states:
4211 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>,
4212 <link to="USBDeviceState::Available">Available</link> or
4213 <link to="USBDeviceState::Held">Held</link>,
4214 otherwise an error is immediately returned.
4215
4216 When the device state is
4217 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>, an error may also
4218 be returned if the host computer refuses to release it for some reason.
4219
4220 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
4221 </desc>
4222 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4223 <desc>UUID of the host USB device to attach.</desc>
4224 </param>
4225 </method>
4226
4227 <method name="detachUSBDevice">
4228 <desc>
4229 Detaches an USB device with the given UUID from the USB controller
4230 oif the virtual machine.
4231
4232 After this method succeeds, the VirtualBox server reinitiates
4233 all USB filters as if the device were just physically attached
4234 to the host, but filters of this machine are ignored to avoid
4235 a possible automatic reattachment.
4236
4237 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, USBDeviceState</see>
4238 </desc>
4239 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4240 <desc>UUID of the USB device to detach.</desc>
4241 </param>
4242 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
4243 <desc>Detached USB device.</desc>
4244 </param>
4245 </method>
4246
4247 <method name="createSharedFolder">
4248 <desc>
4249 Creates a transient new shared folder by associating the given logical
4250 name with the given host path, adds it to the collection of shared
4251 folders and starts sharing it. Refer to the description of
4252 <link to="ISharedFolder"/> to read more about logical names.
4253 </desc>
4254 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4255 <desc>Unique logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
4256 </param>
4257 <param name="hostPath" type="wstring" dir="in">
4258 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
4259 </param>
4260 <param name="writable" type="boolean" dir="in">
4261 <desc>Whether the share is writable or readonly</desc>
4262 </param>
4263 </method>
4264
4265 <method name="removeSharedFolder">
4266 <desc>
4267 Removes a transient shared folder with the given name previously
4268 created by <link to="#createSharedFolder"/> from the collection of
4269 shared folders and stops sharing it.
4270 </desc>
4271 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4272 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to remove.</desc>
4273 </param>
4274 </method>
4275
4276 <method name="takeSnapshot">
4277 <desc>
4278 Saves the current execution state and all settings of the
4279 machine and creates differencing images for all
4280 normal (non-independent) hard disks.
4281
4282 This method can be called for a PoweredOff, Saved, Running or
4283 Paused virtual machine. When the machine is PoweredOff, an
4284 offline <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> is created,
4285 in all other cases -- an online snapshot.
4286
4287 The taken snapshot is always based on the
4288 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">current
4289 snapshot</link> of the associated virtual machine and becomes
4290 a new current snapshot.
4291
4292 <note>
4293 This method implicitly calls <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to
4294 save all current machine settings before taking an offline snapshot.
4295 </note>
4296
4297 <see>ISnapshot, <link to="#saveState"/></see>
4298 </desc>
4299 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4300 <desc>Short name for the snapshot.</desc>
4301 </param>
4302 <param name="description" type="wstring" dir="in">
4303 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
4304 </param>
4305 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4306 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4307 </param>
4308 </method>
4309
4310 <method name="discardSnapshot">
4311 <desc>
4312
4313 Starts discarding the specified snapshot. The execution state
4314 and settings of the associated machine stored in the snapshot
4315 will be deleted. The contents of all differencing hard disks of
4316 this snapshot will be merged with the contents of their
4317 dependent child hard disks to keep the, disks valid (in other
4318 words, all changes represented by hard disks being discarded
4319 will be propagated to their child hard disks). After that, this
4320 snapshot's differencing hard disks will be deleted. The parent
4321 of this snapshot will become a new parent for all its child
4322 snapshots.
4323
4324 If the discarded snapshot is the current one, its parent
4325 snapshot will become a new current snapshot. The current machine
4326 state is not directly affected in this case, except that
4327 currently attached differencing hard disks based on hard disks
4328 of the discarded snapshot will be also merged as described
4329 above.
4330
4331 If the discarded snapshot is the first one (the root snapshot)
4332 and it has exactly one child snapshot, this child snapshot will
4333 become the first snapshot after discarding. If there are no
4334 children at all (i.e. the first snapshot is the only snapshot of
4335 the machine), both the current and the first snapshot of the
4336 machine will be set to null. In all other cases, the first
4337 snapshot cannot be discarded.
4338
4339 You cannot discard the snapshot if it
4340 stores <link to="HardDiskType::Normal">normal</link> (non-differencing)
4341 hard disks that have differencing hard disks based on them. Snapshots of
4342 such kind can be discarded only when every normal hard disk has either
4343 no children at all or exactly one child. In the former case, the normal
4344 hard disk simply becomes unused (i.e. not attached to any VM). In the
4345 latter case, it receives all the changes strored in the child hard disk,
4346 and then it replaces the child hard disk in the configuration of the
4347 corresponding snapshot or machine.
4348
4349 Also, you cannot discard the snapshot if it stores hard disks
4350 (of any type) having differencing child hard disks that belong
4351 to other machines. Such snapshots can be only discarded after
4352 you discard all snapshots of other machines containing "foreign"
4353 child disks, or detach these "foreign" child disks from machines
4354 they are attached to.
4355
4356 One particular example of the snapshot storing normal hard disks
4357 is the first snapshot of a virtual machine that had normal hard
4358 disks attached when taking the snapshot. Be careful when
4359 discarding such snapshots because this implicitly commits
4360 changes (made since the snapshot being discarded has been taken)
4361 to normal hard disks (as described above), which may be not what
4362 you want.
4363
4364 The virtual machine is put to
4365 the <link to="MachineState::Discarding">Discarding</link> state until
4366 the discard operation is completed.
4367
4368 <note>
4369 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4370 will fail.
4371 </note>
4372
4373 <note>
4374 Child hard disks of all normal hard disks of the discarded snapshot
4375 must be <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> for this
4376 operation to succeed. In particular, this means that all virtual
4377 machines, whose hard disks are directly or indirectly based on the
4378 hard disks of discarded snapshot, must be powered off.
4379 </note>
4380 <note>
4381 Merging hard disk contents can be very time and disk space
4382 consuming, if these disks are big in size and have many
4383 children. However, if the snapshot being discarded is the last
4384 (head) snapshot on the branch, the operation will be rather
4385 quick.
4386 </note>
4387 <note>
4388 Note that discarding the current snapshot
4389 will imlicitly call <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> to
4390 make all current machine settings permanent.
4391 </note>
4392 </desc>
4393 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4394 <desc>UUID of the snapshot to discard.</desc>
4395 </param>
4396 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4397 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4398 </param>
4399 </method>
4400
4401 <method name="discardCurrentState">
4402 <desc>
4403 This operation is similar to <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> but
4404 affects the current machine state. This means that the state stored in
4405 the current snapshot will become a new current state, and all current
4406 settings of the machine and changes stored in differencing hard disks
4407 will be lost.
4408
4409 After this operation is successfully completed, new empty differencing
4410 hard disks are created for all normal hard disks of the machine.
4411
4412 If the current snapshot of the machine is an online snapshot, the
4413 machine will go to the <link to="MachineState::Saved"> saved
4414 state</link>, so that the next time it is powered on, the execution
4415 state will be restored from the current snapshot.
4416
4417 <note>
4418 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation will fail.
4419 </note>
4420
4421 <note>
4422 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4423 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4424 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4425 called).
4426 </note>
4427
4428 </desc>
4429 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4430 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4431 </param>
4432 </method>
4433
4434 <method name="discardCurrentSnapshotAndState">
4435 <desc>
4436
4437 This method is equivalent to
4438 doing <link to="#discardSnapshot">discardSnapshot</link>
4439 (<link
4440 to="IMachine::currentSnapshot">currentSnapshot</link>.<link
4441 to="ISnapshot::id">id()</link>, ...) followed by
4442 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/>.
4443
4444 As a result, the machine will be fully restored from the
4445 snapshot preceeding the current snapshot, while both the current
4446 snapshot and the current machine state will be discarded.
4447
4448 If the current snapshot is the first snapshot of the machine (i.e. it
4449 has the only snapshot), the current machine state will be
4450 discarded <b>before</b> discarding the snapshot. In other words, the
4451 machine will be restored from its last snapshot, before discarding
4452 it. This differs from performing a single
4453 <link to="#discardSnapshot()"/> call (note that no
4454 <link to="#discardCurrentState()"/> will be possible after it) to the
4455 effect that the latter will preserve the current state instead of
4456 discarding it.
4457
4458 Unless explicitly mentioned otherwise, all remarks and
4459 limitations of the above two methods also apply to this method.
4460
4461 <note>
4462 The machine must not be running, otherwise the operation
4463 will fail.
4464 </note>
4465
4466 <note>
4467 If the machine state is <link to="MachineState::Saved">Saved</link>
4468 prior to this operation, the saved state file will be implicitly
4469 discarded (as if <link to="IConsole::discardSavedState()"/> were
4470 called).</note>
4471
4472 <note>
4473 This method is more efficient than calling two above
4474 methods separately: it requires less IPC calls and provides
4475 a single progress object.
4476 </note>
4477
4478 </desc>
4479 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4480 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
4481 </param>
4482 </method>
4483
4484 <method name="registerCallback">
4485 <desc>
4486 Registers a new console callback on this instance. The methods of the
4487 callback interface will be called by this instance when the appropriate
4488 event occurs.
4489 </desc>
4490 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4491 </method>
4492
4493 <method name="unregisterCallback">
4494 <desc>
4495 Unregisters the console callback previously registered using
4496 <link to="#registerCallback"/>.
4497 </desc>
4498 <param name="callback" type="IConsoleCallback" dir="in"/>
4499 </method>
4500
4501 </interface>
4502
4503 <!--
4504 // IHost
4505 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4506 -->
4507
4508 <interface
4509 name="IHostDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
4510 uuid="21f86694-202d-4ce4-8b05-a63ff82dbf4c"
4511 wsmap="managed"
4512 >
4513 <desc>
4514 The IHostDVDDrive interface represents the physical CD/DVD drive
4515 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::DVDDrives"/>.
4516 </desc>
4517
4518 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4519 <desc>
4520 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4521 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. R:).
4522 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/hdc).
4523 </desc>
4524 </attribute>
4525 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4526 <desc>
4527 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4528 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4529 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4530 </desc>
4531 </attribute>
4532 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4533 <desc>
4534 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4535 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4536 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4537 @c null on some platforms.
4538 </desc>
4539 </attribute>
4540
4541 </interface>
4542
4543 <enumerator
4544 name="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4545 uuid="1ed7cfaf-c363-40df-aa4e-89c1afb7d96b"
4546 />
4547
4548 <collection
4549 name="IHostDVDDriveCollection" type="IHostDVDDrive"
4550 enumerator="IHostDVDDriveEnumerator"
4551 uuid="1909c533-1a1e-445f-a4e1-a267cffc30ed"
4552 readonly="yes"
4553 >
4554 <method name="findByName">
4555 <desc>
4556 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4557 <note>
4558 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4559 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4560 </note>
4561 </desc>
4562 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4563 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4564 </param>
4565 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return">
4566 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4567 </param>
4568 </method>
4569 </collection>
4570
4571 <interface
4572 name="IHostFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
4573 uuid="b6a4d1a9-4221-43c3-bd52-021a5daa9ed2"
4574 wsmap="managed"
4575 >
4576 <desc>
4577 The IHostFloppyDrive interface represents the physical floppy drive
4578 hardware on the host. Used indirectly in <link to="IHost::floppyDrives"/>.
4579 </desc>
4580 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4581 <desc>
4582 Returns the platform-specific device identifier.
4583 On DOS-like platforms, it is a drive name (e.g. A:).
4584 On Unix-like platforms, it is a device name (e.g. /dev/fd0).
4585 </desc>
4586 </attribute>
4587 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4588 <desc>
4589 Returns a human readable description for the drive. This
4590 description usually contains the product and vendor name. A
4591 @c null string is returned if the description is not available.
4592 </desc>
4593 </attribute>
4594 <attribute name="udi" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4595 <desc>
4596 Returns the unique device identifier for the drive. This
4597 attribute is reserved for future use instead of
4598 <link to="#name"/>. Currently it is not used and may return
4599 @c null on some platforms.
4600 </desc>
4601 </attribute>
4602 </interface>
4603
4604 <enumerator
4605 name="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4606 uuid="ce04c924-4f54-432a-9dec-11fddc3ea875"
4607 />
4608
4609 <collection
4610 name="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" type="IHostFloppyDrive"
4611 enumerator="IHostFloppyDriveEnumerator"
4612 uuid="fd84bb86-c59a-4037-a557-755ff263a460"
4613 readonly="yes"
4614 >
4615 <method name="findByName">
4616 <desc>
4617 Searches this collection for a host drive with the given name.
4618 <note>
4619 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4620 correspond to any host drive in the collection.
4621 </note>
4622 </desc>
4623 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4624 <desc>Name of the host drive to search for</desc>
4625 </param>
4626 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return">
4627 <desc>Found host drive object</desc>
4628 </param>
4629 </method>
4630 </collection>
4631
4632<if target="midl">
4633 <interface
4634 name="IHostNetworkInterface" extends="$unknown"
4635 uuid="F4512D7C-B074-4e97-99B8-6D2BD27C3F5A"
4636 wsmap="managed"
4637 >
4638 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4639 <desc>Returns the host network interface name.</desc>
4640 </attribute>
4641
4642 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
4643 <desc>Returns the interface UUID.</desc>
4644 </attribute>
4645 </interface>
4646
4647 <enumerator
4648 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4649 uuid="7B52FEF7-56E8-4aec-92F5-15E6D11EC630"
4650 />
4651
4652 <collection
4653 name="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" type="IHostNetworkInterface"
4654 enumerator="IHostNetworkInterfaceEnumerator"
4655 uuid="BF1D41F2-B97B-4314-A0FB-D4823AF42FB5"
4656 readonly="yes"
4657 >
4658 <method name="findByName">
4659 <desc>
4660 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given name.
4661 <note>
4662 The method returns an error if the given name does not
4663 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4664 </note>
4665 </desc>
4666 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4667 <desc>Name of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4668 </param>
4669 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4670 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4671 </param>
4672 </method>
4673 <method name="findById">
4674 <desc>
4675 Searches this collection for a host network interface with the given GUID.
4676 <note>
4677 The method returns an error if the given GUID does not
4678 correspond to any host network interface in the collection.
4679 </note>
4680 </desc>
4681 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4682 <desc>GUID of the host network interface to search for.</desc>
4683 </param>
4684 <param name="networkInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="return">
4685 <desc>Found host network interface object.</desc>
4686 </param>
4687 </method>
4688 </collection>
4689</if>
4690
4691 <interface
4692 name="IHost" extends="$unknown"
4693 uuid="81729c26-1aec-46f5-b7c0-cc7364738fdb"
4694 wsmap="managed"
4695 >
4696 <desc>
4697 The IHost interface represents the physical machine that this VirtualBox
4698 installation runs on.
4699
4700 An object implementing this interface is returned by the
4701 <link to="IVirtualBox::host" /> attribute. This interface contains
4702 read-only information about the host's physical hardware (such as what
4703 processors, and disks are available, what the host operating system is,
4704 and so on) and also allows for manipulating some of the host's hardware,
4705 such as global USB device filters and host interface networking.
4706
4707 </desc>
4708 <attribute name="DVDDrives" type="IHostDVDDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4709 <desc>List of DVD drives available on the host.</desc>
4710 </attribute>
4711
4712 <attribute name="floppyDrives" type="IHostFloppyDriveCollection" readonly="yes">
4713 <desc>List of floppy drives available on the host.</desc>
4714 </attribute>
4715
4716 <attribute name="USBDevices" type="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" readonly="yes">
4717 <desc>
4718 List of USB devices currently attached to the host.
4719 Once a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4720 it appears in this list and remains there until detached.
4721
4722 <note>
4723 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4724 </note>
4725 <note>
4726 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4727 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4728 </note>
4729 </desc>
4730 </attribute>
4731
4732 <attribute name="USBDeviceFilters" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
4733 <desc>
4734 List of USB device filters in action.
4735 When a new device is physically attached to the host computer,
4736 filters from this list are applied to it (in order they are stored
4737 in the list). The first matched filter will determine the
4738 <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::action">action</link>
4739 performed on the device.
4740
4741 Unless the device is ignored by these filters, filters of all
4742 currently running virtual machines
4743 (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>) are applied to it.
4744
4745 <note>
4746 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4747 </note>
4748 <note>
4749 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4750 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4751 </note>
4752
4753 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
4754 </desc>
4755 </attribute>
4756
4757<if target="midl">
4758 <attribute name="networkInterfaces" type="IHostNetworkInterfaceCollection" readonly="yes">
4759 <desc>List of host network interfaces currently defined on the host.</desc>
4760 </attribute>
4761</if>
4762
4763 <attribute name="processorCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4764 <desc>Number of (logical) CPUs installed in the host system.</desc>
4765 </attribute>
4766
4767 <attribute name="processorSpeed" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4768 <desc>(Approximate) speed of the host CPU in Megahertz.</desc>
4769 </attribute>
4770
4771 <attribute name="processorDescription" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4772 <desc>Description string of the host CPU.</desc>
4773 </attribute>
4774
4775 <attribute name="memorySize" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4776 <desc>Amount of system memory in megabytes installed in the host system.</desc>
4777 </attribute>
4778
4779 <attribute name="memoryAvailable" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4780 <desc>Available system memory in the host system.</desc>
4781 </attribute>
4782
4783 <attribute name="operatingSystem" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4784 <desc>Name of the host system's operating system.</desc>
4785 </attribute>
4786
4787 <attribute name="OSVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
4788 <desc>Host operating system's version string.</desc>
4789 </attribute>
4790
4791 <attribute name="UTCTime" type="long long" readonly="yes">
4792 <desc>Returns the current host time in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.</desc>
4793 </attribute>
4794
4795<if target="midl">
4796 <method name="createHostNetworkInterface">
4797 <desc>
4798 Creates a new adapter for Host Interface Networking.
4799 </desc>
4800 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4801 <desc>
4802 Adapter name.
4803 </desc>
4804 </param>
4805 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
4806 <desc>
4807 Created host interface object.
4808 </desc>
4809 </param>
4810 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4811 <desc>
4812 Progress object to track the operation completion.
4813 </desc>
4814 </param>
4815 </method>
4816 <method name="removeHostNetworkInterface">
4817 <desc>
4818 Removes the given host network interface.
4819 </desc>
4820 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
4821 <desc>
4822 Adapter GUID.
4823 </desc>
4824 </param>
4825 <param name="hostInterface" type="IHostNetworkInterface" dir="out">
4826 <desc>
4827 Removed host interface object.
4828 </desc>
4829 </param>
4830 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
4831 <desc>
4832 Progress object to track the operation completion.
4833 </desc>
4834 </param>
4835 </method>
4836</if>
4837
4838 <method name="createUSBDeviceFilter">
4839 <desc>
4840 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
4841 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
4842 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
4843
4844 The created filter can be added to the list of filters using
4845 <link to="#insertUSBDeviceFilter()"/>.
4846
4847 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4848 </desc>
4849 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
4850 <desc>
4851 Filter name. See <link to="IHostUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
4852 for more info.
4853 </desc>
4854 </param>
4855 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
4856 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
4857 </param>
4858 </method>
4859
4860 <method name="insertUSBDeviceFilter">
4861 <desc>
4862 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
4863 in the list of filters.
4864
4865 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
4866 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
4867 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
4868
4869 <note>
4870 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to insert a
4871 filter that is already in the list, will return an
4872 error.
4873 </note>
4874 <note>
4875 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4876 </note>
4877 <note>
4878 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4879 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4880 </note>
4881
4882 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4883 </desc>
4884 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4885 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
4886 </param>
4887 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
4888 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
4889 </param>
4890 </method>
4891
4892 <method name="removeUSBDeviceFilter">
4893 <desc>
4894 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
4895 list of filters.
4896
4897 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
4898 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
4899 the list will produce an error.
4900
4901 <note>
4902 This method may set a @ref com_warnings "warning result code".
4903 </note>
4904 <note>
4905 If USB functionality is not avaliable in the given edition of
4906 VirtualBox, this method will set the result code to @c E_NOTIMPL.
4907 </note>
4908
4909 <see>#USBDeviceFilters</see>
4910 </desc>
4911 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
4912 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
4913 </param>
4914 <param name="filter" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
4915 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
4916 </param>
4917 </method>
4918
4919 </interface>
4920
4921 <!--
4922 // ISystemProperties
4923 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4924 -->
4925
4926 <interface
4927 name="ISystemProperties"
4928 extends="$unknown"
4929 uuid="12c2e31e-247f-4d51-82e5-5b9d4a6c7d5b"
4930 wsmap="managed"
4931 >
4932 <desc>
4933 The ISystemProperties interface represents global properties
4934 of the given VirtualBox installation.
4935
4936 These properties define limits and default values for various
4937 attributes and parameters. Most of the properties are read-only, but some can be
4938 changed by a user.
4939 </desc>
4940
4941 <attribute name="minGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4942 <desc>Minium guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4943 </attribute>
4944
4945 <attribute name="maxGuestRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4946 <desc>Maximum guest system memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4947 </attribute>
4948
4949 <attribute name="minGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4950 <desc>Minimum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4951 </attribute>
4952
4953 <attribute name="maxGuestVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4954 <desc>Maximum guest video memory in Megabytes.</desc>
4955 </attribute>
4956
4957 <attribute name="maxVDISize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
4958 <desc>Maximum size of a virtual disk image in Megabytes.</desc>
4959 </attribute>
4960
4961 <attribute name="networkAdapterCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4962 <desc>
4963 Number of network adapters associated with every
4964 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4965 </desc>
4966 </attribute>
4967
4968 <attribute name="serialPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4969 <desc>
4970 Number of serial ports associated with every
4971 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4972 </desc>
4973 </attribute>
4974
4975 <attribute name="parallelPortCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4976 <desc>
4977 Number of parallel ports associated with every
4978 <link to="IMachine"/> instance.
4979 </desc>
4980 </attribute>
4981
4982 <attribute name="maxBootPosition" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
4983 <desc>
4984 Maximum device position in the boot order. This value corresponds
4985 to the total number of devices a machine can boot from, to make it
4986 possible to include all possible devices to the boot list.
4987 <see><link to="IMachine::setBootOrder()"/></see>
4988 </desc>
4989 </attribute>
4990
4991 <attribute name="defaultVDIFolder" type="wstring">
4992 <desc>
4993 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
4994 existing virtual disk images when an image file name contains no
4995 path.
4996
4997 The initial value of this property is
4998 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
4999 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/VDI</tt>.
5000
5001 <note>
5002 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5003 initial value.
5004 </note>
5005 <note>
5006 When settings this property, the specified path can be
5007 absolute (full path) or relative
5008 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5009 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
5010 When reading this property, a full path is
5011 always returned.
5012 </note>
5013 <note>
5014 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
5015 when necessary.
5016 </note>
5017
5018 <see>
5019 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>,
5020 <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/>
5021 </see>
5022 </desc>
5023 </attribute>
5024
5025 <attribute name="defaultMachineFolder" type="wstring">
5026 <desc>
5027 Full path to the default directory used to create new or open
5028 existing machines when a settings file name contains no
5029 path.
5030
5031 The initial value of this property is
5032 <tt>&lt;</tt><link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5033 VirtualBox_home</link><tt>&gt;/Machines</tt>.
5034
5035 <note>
5036 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5037 initial value.
5038 </note>
5039 <note>
5040 When settings this property, the specified path can be
5041 absolute (full path) or relative
5042 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder">
5043 VirtualBox home directory</link>.
5044 When reading this property, a full path is
5045 always returned.
5046 </note>
5047 <note>
5048 The specified path may not exist, it will be created
5049 when necessary.
5050 </note>
5051
5052 <see>
5053 <link to="IVirtualBox::createMachine()"/>,
5054 <link to="IVirtualBox::openMachine()"/>
5055 </see>
5056 </desc>
5057 </attribute>
5058
5059 <attribute name="remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
5060 <desc>
5061 Library that provides authentication for VRDP clients. The library
5062 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
5063 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration.
5064
5065 The system library extension (".DLL" or ".so") must be omitted.
5066 A full path can be specified; if not, then the library must reside on the
5067 system's default library path.
5068
5069 The default value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>. There is a library
5070 of that name in one of the default VirtualBox library directories.
5071
5072 For details about VirtualBox authentication libraries and how to implement
5073 them, please refer to the VirtualBox manual.
5074
5075 <note>
5076 Setting this property to <tt>null</tt> will restore the
5077 initial value.
5078 </note>
5079 </desc>
5080 </attribute>
5081
5082 <attribute name="webServiceAuthLibrary" type="wstring">
5083 <desc>
5084 Library that provides authentication for webservice clients. The library
5085 is used if a virtual machine's authentication type is set to "external"
5086 in the VM RemoteDisplay configuration and will be called from
5087 within the <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> implementation.
5088
5089 As opposed to <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />,
5090 there is no per-VM setting for this, as the webservice is a global
5091 resource (if it is running). Only for this setting (for the webservice),
5092 setting this value to a literal "null" string disables authentication,
5093 meaning that <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" /> will always succeed,
5094 no matter what user name and password are supplied.
5095
5096 The initial value of this property is <tt>VRDPAuth</tt>,
5097 meaning that the webservice will use the same authentication
5098 library that is used by default for VBoxVRDP (again, see
5099 <link to="ISystemProperties::remoteDisplayAuthLibrary" />).
5100 The format and calling convetion of authentication libraries
5101 is the same for the webservice as it is for VBoxVRDP.
5102
5103 </desc>
5104 </attribute>
5105
5106 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean">
5107 <desc>
5108 This specifies the default value for hardware virtualization
5109 extensions. If enabled, virtual machines will make use of
5110 hardware virtualization extensions such as Intel VT-x and
5111 AMD-V by default. This value can be overridden by each VM
5112 using their <link to="IMachine::HWVirtExEnabled" /> property.
5113 </desc>
5114 </attribute>
5115
5116 <attribute name="LogHistoryCount" type="unsigned long">
5117 <desc>
5118 This value specifies how many old release log files are kept.
5119 </desc>
5120 </attribute>
5121 </interface>
5122
5123 <!--
5124 // IGuest
5125 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5126 -->
5127
5128 <interface
5129 name="IGuestOSType" extends="$unknown"
5130 uuid="da94f478-1f37-4726-b750-2235950dc2fe"
5131 wsmap="struct"
5132 >
5133 <desc>
5134 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
5135 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
5136 but a complete structure.</note>
5137 </desc>
5138
5139 <attribute name="id" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5140 <desc>Guest OS identifier string.</desc>
5141 </attribute>
5142
5143 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5144 <desc>Human readable description of the guest OS.</desc>
5145 </attribute>
5146
5147 <attribute name="recommendedRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5148 <desc>Recommended RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
5149 </attribute>
5150
5151 <attribute name="recommendedVRAM" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5152 <desc>Recommended video RAM size in Megabytes.</desc>
5153 </attribute>
5154
5155 <attribute name="recommendedHDD" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5156 <desc>Recommended hard disk size in Megabytes.</desc>
5157 </attribute>
5158 </interface>
5159
5160
5161 <enumerator
5162 name="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator" type="IGuestOSType"
5163 uuid="a3335e02-4669-4e3c-80c7-c4dc7056a07c"
5164 />
5165
5166 <collection
5167 name="IGuestOSTypeCollection" type="IGuestOSType" enumerator="IGuestOSTypeEnumerator"
5168 uuid="a5e36749-a610-498b-9f29-2e36c1042d65"
5169 readonly="yes"
5170 />
5171
5172 <interface
5173 name="IGuest" extends="$unknown"
5174 uuid="d8556fca-81bc-12af-fca3-365528fa38ca"
5175
5176 wsmap="suppress"
5177 >
5178 <desc>
5179 The IGuest interface represents information about the operating system
5180 running inside the virtual machine. Used in
5181 <link to="IConsole::guest"/>.
5182
5183 IGuest provides information about the guest operating system, whether
5184 Guest Additions are installed and other OS-specific virtual machine
5185 properties.
5186 </desc>
5187
5188 <attribute name="OSTypeId" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5189 <desc>
5190 Identifier of the Guest OS type as reported by the Guest
5191 Additions.
5192 You may use <link to="IVirtualBox::getGuestOSType"/> to obtain
5193 an IGuestOSType object representing details about the given
5194 Guest OS type.
5195 <note>
5196 If Guest Additions are not installed, this value will be
5197 the same as <link to="IMachine::OSTypeId"/>.
5198 </note>
5199 </desc>
5200 </attribute>
5201
5202 <attribute name="additionsActive" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5203 <desc>
5204 Flag whether the Guest Additions are installed and active
5205 in which case their version will be returned by the
5206 <link to="#additionsVersion"/> property.
5207 </desc>
5208 </attribute>
5209
5210 <attribute name="additionsVersion" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5211 <desc>
5212 Version of the Guest Additions (3 decimal numbers separated
5213 by dots) or empty when the Additions are not installed. The
5214 Additions may also report a version but yet not be active as
5215 the version might be refused by VirtualBox (incompatible) or
5216 other failures occured.
5217 </desc>
5218 </attribute>
5219
5220 <attribute name="supportsSeamless" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5221 <desc>
5222 Flag whether seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
5223 integration) is supported.
5224 </desc>
5225 </attribute>
5226
5227 <attribute name="supportsGraphics" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5228 <desc>
5229 Flag whether the guest is in graphics mode. If it is not, then
5230 seamless rendering will not work, resize hints are not immediately
5231 acted on and guest display resizes are probably not initiated by
5232 the guest additions.
5233 </desc>
5234 </attribute>
5235
5236 <attribute name="memoryBalloonSize" type="unsigned long">
5237 <desc>Guest system memory balloon size in megabytes.</desc>
5238 </attribute>
5239
5240 <attribute name="statisticsUpdateInterval" type="unsigned long">
5241 <desc>Interval to update guest statistics in seconds.</desc>
5242 </attribute>
5243
5244 <method name="setCredentials">
5245 <desc>
5246 Store login credentials that can be queried by guest operating
5247 systems with Additions installed. The credentials are transient
5248 to the session and the guest may also choose to erase them. Note
5249 that the caller cannot determine whether the guest operating system
5250 has queried or made use of the credentials.
5251 </desc>
5252 <param name="userName" type="wstring" dir="in">
5253 <desc>User name string, can be empty</desc>
5254 </param>
5255 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in">
5256 <desc>Password string, can be empty</desc>
5257 </param>
5258 <param name="domain" type="wstring" dir="in">
5259 <desc>Domain name (guest logon scheme specific), can be emtpy</desc>
5260 </param>
5261 <param name="allowInteractiveLogon" type="boolean" dir="in">
5262 <desc>
5263 Flag whether the guest should alternatively allow the user to
5264 interactively specify different credentials. This flag might
5265 not be supported by all versions of the Additions.
5266 </desc>
5267 </param>
5268 </method>
5269
5270 <method name="getStatistic">
5271 <desc>
5272 Query specified guest statistics as reported by the VirtualBox Additions.
5273 </desc>
5274 <param name="cpuId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5275 <desc>Virtual CPU id; not relevant for all statistic types</desc>
5276 </param>
5277 <param name="statistic" type="GuestStatisticType" dir="in">
5278 <desc>Statistic type.</desc>
5279 </param>
5280 <param name="statVal" type="unsigned long" dir="out">
5281 <desc>Statistics value</desc>
5282 </param>
5283 </method>
5284
5285 </interface>
5286
5287
5288 <!--
5289 // IProgress
5290 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5291 -->
5292
5293 <enumerator
5294 name="IProgressEnumerator" type="IProgress"
5295 uuid="e0380522-4ef1-48f4-856c-e455177ccb2d"
5296 />
5297
5298 <collection
5299 name="IProgressCollection" type="IProgress" enumerator="IProgressEnumerator"
5300 uuid="78B76A7C-F0F2-467c-9F0E-F089A54EE957"
5301 readonly="yes"
5302 />
5303
5304 <interface
5305 name="IProgress" extends="$unknown"
5306 uuid="10CC03A1-717E-429b-992D-C67B56175A51"
5307 wsmap="managed"
5308 >
5309 <desc>
5310 The IProgress interface represents a task progress object that allows
5311 to wait for the completion of some asynchronous task.
5312
5313 The task consists of one or more operations that run sequentially,
5314 one after one. There is an individual percent of completion of the
5315 current operation and the percent of completion of the task as a
5316 whole. Similarly, you can wait for the completion of a particular
5317 operation or for the completion of the whole task.
5318
5319 Every operation is identified by a number (starting from 0)
5320 and has a separate description.
5321 </desc>
5322
5323 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5324 <desc>ID of the task.</desc>
5325 </attribute>
5326
5327 <attribute name="description" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5328 <desc>Description of the task.</desc>
5329 </attribute>
5330
5331 <attribute name="initiator" type="$unknown" readonly="yes">
5332 <desc>Initiator of the task.</desc>
5333 </attribute>
5334
5335 <attribute name="cancelable" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5336 <desc>Whether the task can be interrupted.</desc>
5337 </attribute>
5338
5339 <attribute name="percent" type="long" readonly="yes">
5340 <desc>
5341 Current task progress value in percent.
5342 This value depends on how many operations are already complete.
5343 </desc>
5344 </attribute>
5345
5346 <attribute name="completed" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5347 <desc>Whether the task has been completed.</desc>
5348 </attribute>
5349
5350 <attribute name="canceled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5351 <desc>Whether the task has been canceled.</desc>
5352 </attribute>
5353
5354 <attribute name="resultCode" type="result" readonly="yes">
5355 <desc>
5356 Result code of the progress task.
5357 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true.
5358 </desc>
5359 </attribute>
5360
5361 <attribute name="errorInfo" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" readonly="yes">
5362 <desc>
5363 Extended information about the unsuccessful result of the
5364 progress operation. May be NULL when no extended information
5365 is available.
5366 Valid only if <link to="#completed"/> is true and
5367 <link to="#resultCode"/> indicates a failure.
5368 </desc>
5369 </attribute>
5370
5371 <attribute name="operationCount" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5372 <desc>
5373 Number of operations this task is divided into.
5374 Every task consists of at least one operation.
5375 </desc>
5376 </attribute>
5377
5378 <attribute name="operation" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
5379 <desc>Number of the operation being currently executed.</desc>
5380 </attribute>
5381
5382 <attribute name="operationDescription" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
5383 <desc>
5384 Description of the operation being currently executed.
5385 </desc>
5386 </attribute>
5387
5388 <attribute name="operationPercent" type="long" readonly="yes">
5389 <desc>Current operation progress value in percent.</desc>
5390 </attribute>
5391
5392 <method name="waitForCompletion">
5393 <desc>
5394 Waits until the task is done (including all operations) with a
5395 given timeout.
5396 </desc>
5397 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
5398 <desc>
5399 Timeout value in milliseconds.
5400 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
5401 </desc>
5402 </param>
5403 </method>
5404
5405 <method name="waitForOperationCompletion">
5406 <desc>
5407 Waits until the given operation is done with a given timeout.
5408 </desc>
5409 <param name="operation" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
5410 <desc>
5411 Number of the operation to wait for.
5412 Must be less than <link to="#operationCount"/>.
5413 </desc>
5414 </param>
5415 <param name="timeout" type="long" dir="in">
5416 <desc>
5417 Timeout value in milliseconds.
5418 Specify -1 for an indefinite wait.
5419 </desc>
5420 </param>
5421 </method>
5422
5423 <method name="cancel">
5424 <desc>
5425 Cancels the task.
5426 <note>
5427 If <link to="#cancelable"/> is <tt>false</tt>, then
5428 this method will fail.
5429 </note>
5430 </desc>
5431 </method>
5432
5433 </interface>
5434
5435
5436 <!--
5437 // ISnapshot
5438 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5439 -->
5440
5441 <enumerator
5442 name="ISnapshotEnumerator" type="ISnapshot"
5443 uuid="25cfa2a4-1f1d-4f05-9658-b7a5894ef1a3"
5444 />
5445
5446 <collection
5447 name="ISnapshotCollection" type="ISnapshot"
5448 enumerator="ISnapshotEnumerator"
5449 uuid="23852e3c-94cd-4801-ab05-ed35675b3894"
5450 readonly="yes"
5451 />
5452
5453 <interface
5454 name="ISnapshot" extends="$unknown"
5455 uuid="9f1bbf79-13b0-4da2-abba-4a992c65c083"
5456 wsmap="managed"
5457 >
5458 <desc>
5459 The ISnapshot interface represents a snapshot of the virtual
5460 machine.
5461
5462 The <i>snapshot</i> stores all the information about a virtual
5463 machine necessary to bring it to exactly the same state as it was at
5464 the time of taking the snapshot. The snapshot includes:
5465
5466 <ul>
5467 <li>all settings of the virtual machine (i.e. its hardware
5468 configuration: RAM size, attached hard disks, etc.)
5469 </li>
5470 <li>the execution state of the virtual machine (memory contents,
5471 CPU state, etc.).
5472 </li>
5473 </ul>
5474
5475 Snapshots can be <i>offline</i> (taken when the VM is powered off)
5476 or <i>online</i> (taken when the VM is running). The execution
5477 state of the offline snapshot is called a <i>zero execution state</i>
5478 (it doesn't actually contain any information about memory contents
5479 or the CPU state, assuming that all hardware is just powered off).
5480
5481 <h3>Snapshot branches</h3>
5482
5483 Snapshots can be chained. Chained snapshots form a branch where
5484 every next snapshot is based on the previous one. This chaining is
5485 mostly related to hard disk branching (see <link to="IHardDisk"/>
5486 description). This means that every time a new snapshot is created,
5487 a new differencing hard disk is implicitly created for all normal
5488 hard disks attached to the given virtual machine. This allows to
5489 fully restore hard disk contents when the machine is later reverted
5490 to a particular snapshot.
5491
5492 In the current implelemtation, multiple snapshot branches within one
5493 virtual machine are not allowed. Every machine has a signle branch,
5494 and <link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/> operation adds a new
5495 snapshot to the top of that branch.
5496
5497 Existings snapshots can be discarded using
5498 <link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/>.
5499
5500 <h3>Current snapshot</h3>
5501
5502 Every virtual machine has a current snapshot, identified by
5503 <link to="IMachine::currentSnapshot"/>. This snapshot is used as
5504 a base for the <i>current machine state</i> (see below), to the effect
5505 that all normal hard disks of the machine and its execution
5506 state are based on this snapshot.
5507
5508 In the current implementation, the current snapshot is always the
5509 last taken snapshot (i.e. the head snapshot on the branch) and it
5510 cannot be changed.
5511
5512 The current snapshot is <tt>null</tt> if the machine doesn't have
5513 snapshots at all; in this case the current machine state is just
5514 current settings of this machine plus its current execution state.
5515
5516 <h3>Current machine state</h3>
5517
5518 The current machine state is what represened by IMachine instances got
5519 directly from IVirtualBox
5520 using <link
5521 to="IVirtualBox::getMachine()">getMachine()</link>, <link
5522 to="IVirtualBox::findMachine()">findMachine()</link>, etc. (as opposed
5523 to instances returned by <link to="ISnapshot::machine"/>). This state
5524 is always used when the machine is <link to="IConsole::powerUp"> powered
5525 on</link>.
5526
5527 The current machine state also includes the current execution state.
5528 If the machine is being currently executed
5529 (<link to="IMachine::state"/> is <link to="MachineState::Running"/>
5530 and above), its execution state is just what's happening now.
5531 If it is powered off (<link to="MachineState::PoweredOff"/> or
5532 <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>), it has a zero execution state.
5533 If the machine is saved (<link to="MachineState::Saved"/>), its
5534 execution state is what saved in the execution state file
5535 (<link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/>).
5536
5537 If the machine is in the saved state, then, next time it is powered
5538 on, its execution state will be fully restored from the saved state
5539 file and the execution will continue from the point where the state
5540 was saved.
5541
5542 Similarly to snapshots, the current machine state can be discarded
5543 using <link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/>.
5544
5545 <h3>Taking and discarding snapshots</h3>
5546
5547 The table below briefly explains the meaning of every snapshot
5548 operation:
5549
5550 <table>
5551 <tr><th>Operation</th><th>Meaning</th><th>Remarks</th></tr>
5552
5553 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::takeSnapshot()"/></td>
5554
5555 <td>Save the current state of the virtual machine, including all
5556 settings, contents of normal hard disks and the current modifications
5557 to immutable hard disks (for online snapshots)</td>
5558
5559 <td>The current state is not changed (the machine will continue
5560 execution if it is being executed when the snapshot is
5561 taken)</td></tr>
5562
5563 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardSnapshot()"/></td>
5564
5565 <td>Forget the state of the virtual machine stored in the snapshot:
5566 dismiss all saved settings and delete the saved execution state (for
5567 online snapshots)</td>
5568
5569 <td>Other snapshots (including child snapshots, if any) and the
5570 current state are not directly affected</td></tr>
5571
5572 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentState()"/></td>
5573
5574 <td>Restore the current state of the virtual machine from the state
5575 stored in the current snapshot, including all settings and hard disk
5576 contents</td>
5577
5578 <td>The current state of the machine existed prior to this operation
5579 is lost</td></tr>
5580
5581 <tr><td><link to="IConsole::discardCurrentSnapshotAndState()"/></td>
5582
5583 <td>Completely revert the virtual machine to the state it was in
5584 before the current snapshot has been taken</td>
5585
5586 <td>The current state, as well as the current snapshot, are
5587 lost</td></tr>
5588
5589 </table>
5590
5591 </desc>
5592
5593 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
5594 <desc>UUID of the snapshot.</desc>
5595 </attribute>
5596
5597 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
5598 <desc>Short name of the snapshot.</desc>
5599 </attribute>
5600
5601 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
5602 <desc>Optional description of the snapshot.</desc>
5603 </attribute>
5604
5605 <attribute name="timeStamp" type="long long" readonly="yes">
5606 <desc>
5607 Time stamp of the snapshot, in milliseconds since 1970-01-01 UTC.
5608 </desc>
5609 </attribute>
5610
5611 <attribute name="online" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
5612 <desc>
5613 <tt>true</tt> if this snapshot is an online snapshot and
5614 <tt>false</tt> otherwise.
5615
5616 <note>
5617 When this attribute is <tt>true</tt>, the
5618 <link to="IMachine::stateFilePath"/> attribute of the
5619 <link to="#machine"/> object associated with this snapshot
5620 will point to the saved state file. Otherwise, it will be
5621 <tt>null</tt>.
5622 </note>
5623 </desc>
5624 </attribute>
5625
5626 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
5627 <desc>
5628 Virtual machine this snapshot is taken on. This object
5629 stores all settings the machine had when taking this snapshot.
5630 <note>
5631 The returned machine object is immutable, i.e. no
5632 any settings can be changed.
5633 </note>
5634 </desc>
5635 </attribute>
5636
5637 <attribute name="parent" type="ISnapshot" readonly="yes">
5638 <desc>
5639 Parent snapshot (a snapshot this one is based on).
5640 <note>
5641 It's not an error to read this attribute on a snapshot
5642 that doesn't have a parent -- a null object will be
5643 returned to indicate this.
5644 </note>
5645 </desc>
5646 </attribute>
5647
5648 <attribute name="children" type="ISnapshotCollection" readonly="yes">
5649 <desc>
5650 Child snapshots (all snapshots having this one as a parent).
5651 <note>
5652 In the current implementation, there can be only one
5653 child snapshot, or no children at all, meaning this is the
5654 last (head) snapshot.
5655 </note>
5656 </desc>
5657 </attribute>
5658
5659 </interface>
5660
5661 <!--
5662 // IHardDisk
5663 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
5664 -->
5665
5666 <enum
5667 name="HardDiskStorageType"
5668 uuid="48138584-ad99-479d-a36f-eb82a7663685"
5669 >
5670 <desc>
5671 Virtual hard disk storage type.
5672 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5673 </desc>
5674
5675 <const name="VirtualDiskImage" value="0">
5676 <desc>
5677 Virtual Disk Image, VDI (a regular file in the file
5678 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>)
5679 </desc>
5680 </const>
5681 <const name="ISCSIHardDisk" value="1">
5682 <desc>
5683 iSCSI Remote Disk (a disk accessed via the Internet
5684 SCSI protocol over a TCP/IP network, see
5685 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/>)
5686 </desc>
5687 </const>
5688 <const name="VMDKImage" value="2">
5689 <desc>
5690 VMware Virtual Machine Disk image (a regular file in the file
5691 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVMDKImage"/>)
5692 </desc>
5693 </const>
5694 <const name="CustomHardDisk" value="3">
5695 <desc>
5696 Disk formats supported through plugins (see
5697 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/>)
5698 </desc>
5699 </const>
5700 <const name="VHDImage" value="4">
5701 <desc>
5702 Virtual PC Virtual Machine Disk image (a regular file in the file
5703 system of the host OS, see <link to="IVHDImage"/>)
5704 </desc>
5705 </const>
5706 </enum>
5707
5708 <enum
5709 name="HardDiskType"
5710 uuid="a348fafd-a64e-4643-ba65-eb3896bd7e0a"
5711 >
5712 <desc>
5713 Virtual hard disk type.
5714 <see>IHardDisk</see>
5715 </desc>
5716
5717 <const name="Normal" value="0">
5718 <desc>
5719 Normal hard disk (attached directly or indirectly, preserved
5720 when taking snapshots).
5721 </desc>
5722 </const>
5723 <const name="Immutable" value="1">
5724 <desc>
5725 Immutable hard disk (attached indirectly, changes are wiped out
5726 after powering off the virtual machine).
5727 </desc>
5728 </const>
5729 <const name="Writethrough" value="2">
5730 <desc>
5731 Write through hard disk (attached directly, ignored when
5732 taking snapshots).
5733 </desc>
5734 </const>
5735 </enum>
5736
5737 <interface
5738 name="IHardDiskAttachment" extends="$unknown"
5739 uuid="c0ffe596-21c6-4797-8d8a-b47b66881e7a"
5740 wsmap="struct"
5741 >
5742 <desc>
5743 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
5744 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
5745 but a complete structure.</note>
5746 </desc>
5747 <attribute name="hardDisk" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
5748 <desc>Harddisk object this attachment is about.</desc>
5749 </attribute>
5750
5751 <attribute name="bus" type="StorageBus" readonly="yes">
5752 <desc>Disk controller ID of this attachment.</desc>
5753 </attribute>
5754
5755 <attribute name="channel" type="long" readonly="yes">
5756 <desc>Channel number of the attachment.</desc>
5757 </attribute>
5758
5759 <attribute name="device" type="long" readonly="yes">
5760 <desc>Device slot number of the attachment.</desc>
5761 </attribute>
5762
5763 </interface>
5764
5765 <enumerator
5766 name="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
5767 uuid="9955e486-2f0b-432a-99e4-0ebbd338875e"
5768 />
5769
5770 <collection
5771 name="IHardDiskAttachmentCollection" type="IHardDiskAttachment"
5772 enumerator="IHardDiskAttachmentEnumerator"
5773 uuid="8f727842-bb77-45d4-92de-4ec14bf613c9"
5774 readonly="yes"
5775 />
5776
5777 <enumerator
5778 name="IHardDiskEnumerator" type="IHardDisk"
5779 uuid="b976f97b-cdb8-47e3-9860-084031cbd533"
5780 />
5781
5782 <collection
5783 name="IHardDiskCollection" type="IHardDisk"
5784 enumerator="IHardDiskEnumerator"
5785 uuid="43EAC2BC-5C61-40fa-BC38-46DE2C7DB6BB"
5786 readonly="yes"
5787 />
5788
5789 <interface
5790 name="IHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
5791 uuid="FD443EC1-000F-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
5792 wsmap="managed"
5793 >
5794 <desc>
5795 The IHardDisk interface represents a virtual hard disk drive
5796 used by virtual machines.
5797
5798 The virtual hard disk drive virtualizes the hard disk hardware and
5799 looks like a regular hard disk inside the virtual machine and
5800 the guest OS.
5801
5802 <h3>Storage Types</h3>
5803
5804 The <link to="HardDiskStorageType">storage type</link> of the
5805 virtual hard disk determines where and how it stores its data
5806 (sectors). Currently, the following storage types are supported:
5807
5808 <ul>
5809
5810 <li>
5811 <i>Virtual Disk Image (VDI)</i>, a regular file in the file system
5812 of the host OS (represented by the <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
5813 interface). This file has a special format optimized so that unused
5814 sectors of data occupy much less space than on a physical hard disk.
5815 </li>
5816
5817 <li>
5818 <i>iSCSI Remote Disk</i>, a disk accessed via the Internet SCSI
5819 protocol over a TCP/IP network link (represented by the
5820 <link to="IISCSIHardDisk"/> interface).
5821 </li>
5822
5823 <li>
5824 <i>VMware VMDK image</i>, a regular file in the file system of the
5825 host OS (represented by the <link to="IVMDKImage"/> interface).
5826 Note that the regular file may be just a descriptor referring to
5827 further files, so don't make assumptions about the OS representation
5828 of a VMDK image.
5829 </li>
5830
5831 <li>
5832 <i>Custom HardDisk</i>, a disk accessed via a plugin which is loaded
5833 when the disk is accessed (represented by the
5834 <link to="ICustomHardDisk"/> interface).
5835 </li>
5836
5837 <li>
5838 <i>Virtual PC VHD Image</i>, a regular file in the file system of the
5839 host OS (represented by the <link to="IVHDImage"/> interface).
5840 </li>
5841
5842 </ul>
5843
5844 The storage type of the particular hard disk object is indicated by
5845 the <link to="#storageType"/> property.
5846
5847 Each storage type is represented by its own interface (as shown
5848 above), that allows to query and set properties and perform
5849 operations specific to that storage type. When an IHardDisk object
5850 reports it uses some particular storage type, it also guaranteed to
5851 support the corresponding interface which you can query. And vice
5852 versa, every object that supports a storage-specific interface, also
5853 supports IHardDisk.
5854
5855 <h3>Virtual Hard Disk Types</h3>
5856
5857 The <link to="HardDiskType">type</link> of the virtual hard disk
5858 determines how it is attached to the virtual machine when you call
5859 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and what happens to it when
5860 a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine is
5861 taken.
5862
5863 There are three types of virtual hard disks:
5864
5865 <ul>
5866 <li><i>Normal</i></li>
5867 <li><i>Immutable</i></li>
5868 <li><i>Writethrough</i></li>
5869 </ul>
5870
5871 The virtual disk type is indicated by the <link to="#type"/>
5872 property. Each of the above types is described in detail further
5873 down.
5874
5875 There is also a forth, "hidden" virtual disk type:
5876 <i>Differencing</i>. It is "hidden" because you cannot directly
5877 create hard disks of this type -- they are automatically created by
5878 VirtualBox when necessary.
5879
5880 <b>Differencing Hard Disks</b>
5881
5882 Unlike disks of other types (that are similar to real hard disks),
5883 the differencing hard disk does not store the full range of data
5884 sectors. Instead, it stores only a subset of sectors of some other
5885 disk that were changed since the differencing hard disk has been
5886 created. Thus, every differencing hard disk has a parent hard disk
5887 it is linked to, and represents the difference between the initial
5888 and the current hard disk state. A differencing hard disk can be
5889 linked to another differencing hard disk -- this way, differencing
5890 hard disks can form a branch of changes. More over, a given virtual
5891 hard disk can have more than one differencing hard disk linked to
5892 it.
5893
5894 A disk the differencing hard disk is linked to (or, in other words,
5895 based on) is called a <i>parent</i> hard disk and is accessible through
5896 the <link to="#parent"/> property. Similarly, all existing differencing
5897 hard disks for a given parent hard disk are called its <i>child</i> hard
5898 disks (and accessible through the <link to="#children"/> property).
5899
5900 All differencing hard disks use Virtual Disk Image files to store
5901 changed sectors. They have the <link to="#type"/> property set to
5902 Normal, but can be easily distinguished from normal hard disks using
5903 the <link to="#parent"/> property: all differencing hard disks have
5904 a parent, while all normal hard disks don't.
5905
5906 When the virtual machine makes an attempt to read a sector that is
5907 missing in a differencing hard disk, its parent is accessed to
5908 resolve the sector in question. This process continues until the
5909 sector is found, or until the root hard disk is encountered, which
5910 always contains all sectors. As a consequence,
5911
5912 <ul>
5913
5914 <li>
5915 The virtual hard disk geometry seen by the guest OS is
5916 always defined by the root hard disk.
5917 </li>
5918
5919 <li>
5920 All hard disks on a branch, up to the root, must be
5921 <link to="#accessible"/> for a given differencing hard disk in order
5922 to let it function properly when the virtual machine is
5923 running.
5924 </li>
5925
5926 </ul>
5927
5928 Differencing hard disks can be implicitly created by VirtualBox in
5929 the following cases:
5930
5931 <ul>
5932
5933 <li>
5934 When a hard disk is <i>indirectly</i> attached to the virtual
5935 machine using <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. In this
5936 case, all disk writes performed by the guest OS will go to the
5937 created diffferencing hard disk, as opposed to the
5938 <i>direct</i> attachment, where all changes are written to the
5939 attached hard disk itself.
5940 </li>
5941
5942 <li>
5943 When a <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> of the virtual machine
5944 is taken. After that, disk writes to hard disks the differencing
5945 ones have been created for, will be directed to those differencing
5946 hard disks, to preserve the contents of the original disks.
5947 </li>
5948
5949 </ul>
5950
5951 Whether to create a differencing hard disk or not depends on the
5952 type of the hard disk attached to the virtual machine. This is
5953 explained below.
5954
5955 Note that in the current implementation, only the
5956 <link to="VirtualDiskImage"/> storage type is used to
5957 represent differencing hard disks. In other words, all
5958 differencing hard disks are <link to="IVirtualDiskImage"/>
5959 objects.
5960
5961 <b>Normal Hard Disks</b>
5962
5963 Normal hard disks are the most commonly used virtual hard disk. A
5964 normal hard disk is attached to the machine directly if it is not
5965 already attached to some other machine. Otherwise, an attempt to
5966 make an indirect attachment through a differencing hard disk will be
5967 made. This attempt will fail if the hard disk is attached to a
5968 virtual machine without snapshots (because it's impossible to create
5969 a differencing hard disk based on a hard disk that is subject to
5970 change).
5971
5972 When an indirect attachment takes place, in the simplest case, where
5973 the machine the hard disk is being attached to doesn't have
5974 snapshots, the differencing hard disk will be based on the normal
5975 hard disk being attached. Otherwise, the first (i.e. the most
5976 recent) descendant of the given normal hard disk found in the
5977 current snapshot branch (starting from the current snapshot and
5978 going up to the root) will be actually used as a base.
5979
5980 Note that when you detach an indirectly attached hard disk from the
5981 machine, the created differencing hard disk image is simply
5982 <b>deleted</b>, so <b>all changes are lost</b>. If you attach the
5983 same disk again, a clean differencing disk will be created based on
5984 the most recent child, as described above.
5985
5986 When taking a snapshot, the contents of all normal hard disks (and
5987 all differencing disks whose roots are normal hard disks) currently
5988 attached to the virtual machine is preserved by creating
5989 differencing hard disks based on them.
5990
5991 <b>Immutable Hard Disks</b>
5992
5993 Immutable hard disks can be used to provide a sort of read-only
5994 access. An immutable hard disk is always attached indirectly. The
5995 created differencing hard disk is automatically wiped out (recreated
5996 from scratch) every time you power off the virtual machine. Thus,
5997 the contents of the immutable disk remains unchanged between runs.
5998
5999 Detaching an immutable hard disk deletes the differencing disk
6000 created for it, with the same effect as in case with normal hard
6001 disks.
6002
6003 When taking a snapshot, the differencing part of the immutable
6004 hard disk is cloned (i.e. copied to a separate Virtual Disk Image
6005 file) without any changes. This is necessary to preserve the exact
6006 virtual machine state when you create an online snapshot.
6007
6008 <b>Writethrough Hard Disks</b>
6009
6010 Hard disks of this type are always attached directly. This means
6011 that every given writethrough hard disk can be attached only to one
6012 virtual machine at a time.
6013
6014 It is impossible to take a snapshot of a virtual machine with the
6015 writethrough hard disk attached, because taking a snapshot implies
6016 saving the execution state and preserving the contents of all hard
6017 disks, but writethrough hard disks cannot be preserved. Preserving
6018 hard disk contents is necessary to ensure the guest OS stored in the
6019 snapshot will get the same hard disk state when restored, which is
6020 especially important when it has open file handles or when there are
6021 cached files and directories stored in memory.
6022
6023 <h3>Creating, Opening and Registering Hard Disks</h3>
6024
6025 Non-differencing hard disks are either created from scratch using
6026 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/> or opened from a VDI file
6027 using <link to="IVirtualBox::openVirtualDiskImage()"/> (only for hard
6028 disks using the VirtualDiskImage storage type). Once a hard disk is
6029 created or opened, it needs to be registered using
6030 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> to make it available for
6031 attaching to virtual machines. See the documentation of individual
6032 interfaces for various storage types to get more information.
6033
6034 Differencing hard disks are never created explicitly and cannot
6035 be registered or unregistered; they are automatically registered
6036 upon creation and deregistered when deleted.
6037
6038 <h3>More about Indirect Hard Disk Attachments</h3>
6039
6040 Normally, when you attach a hard disk to the virtual machine, and then
6041 query the corresponding attachment using
6042 <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/> or
6043 <link to="IMachine::hardDiskAttachments"/> you will get the same hard
6044 disk object, whose UUID you passed earlier to
6045 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>. However, when an indirect
6046 attachment takes place, calling <link to="IMachine::getHardDisk()"/>
6047 will return a differencing hard disk object, that is either based on the
6048 attached hard disk or on another differencing hard disk, the attached
6049 hard disk is eventually a root for (as described above). In both cases
6050 the returned hard disk object is the object the virtual machine actually
6051 uses to perform disk writes to.
6052
6053 Regardless of whether the attachment is direct or indirect, the
6054 <link to="#machineId"/> property of the attached disk will contain an
6055 UUID of the machine object <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/>
6056 has been called on.
6057
6058 Note that both <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()"/> and
6059 <link to="IMachine::detachHardDisk()"/> are <i>lazy</i> operations. In
6060 particular, this means that when an indirect attachment is made,
6061 differencing hard disks are not created until machine settings are
6062 committed using <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/>. Similarly, when a
6063 differencing hard disk is detached, it is not deleted until
6064 <link to="IMachine::saveSettings()"/> is called. Calling
6065 <link to="IMachine::discardSettings()"/> cancels all lazy attachments or
6066 detachments made since the last commit and effectively restores the
6067 previous set of hard disks.
6068
6069 <h3>Hard Disk Accessibility</h3>
6070
6071 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the hard disk object
6072 defines the accessibility state of the respective hard disk storage
6073 (for example, the VDI file for IVirtualDiskImage objects). If the
6074 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some hard disk
6075 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
6076 virtual or the actual hard disk size) until a new accessibility
6077 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt> (see the attribute
6078 description for more details).
6079
6080 <note>
6081 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
6082 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
6083 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
6084 if you try to read hard disk properties that depend on the
6085 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
6086 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
6087 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
6088 </note>
6089
6090 </desc>
6091
6092 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6093 <desc>
6094
6095 UUID of the hard disk. For newly created hard disk objects,
6096 this value is a randomly generated UUID.
6097
6098 </desc>
6099 </attribute>
6100
6101 <attribute name="description" type="wstring">
6102 <desc>
6103
6104 Optional description of the hard disk. For a newly created hard
6105 disk, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6106
6107 <note>For some storage types, reading this property is
6108 meaningless when <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt>.
6109 Also, you cannot assign it a new value in this case.</note>
6110
6111 </desc>
6112 </attribute>
6113
6114 <attribute name="storageType" type="HardDiskStorageType" readonly="yes">
6115 <desc>
6116
6117 Storage type of this hard disk.
6118
6119 Storage type is defined when you open or create a new hard disk
6120 object.
6121
6122 </desc>
6123 </attribute>
6124
6125 <attribute name="location" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6126 <desc>
6127
6128 Storage location of this hard disk. The returned string serves
6129 for informational purposes only. To access detailed information
6130 about the storage, query the appropriate storage-specific
6131 interface.
6132
6133 </desc>
6134 </attribute>
6135
6136 <attribute name="type" type="HardDiskType">
6137 <desc>
6138
6139 Type (behavior) of this hard disk. For a newly created or opened hard
6140 disk, this value is <link to="HardDiskType::Normal"/>.
6141
6142 <note>
6143 In the current implementation, this property can be
6144 changed only on an unregistered hard disk object. This may be
6145 changed later.
6146 </note>
6147
6148 </desc>
6149 </attribute>
6150
6151 <attribute name="parent" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
6152 <desc>
6153
6154 Parent of this hard disk (a hard disk this one is directly based
6155 on).
6156
6157 Only differencing hard disks have parents, so a <tt>null</tt>
6158 object is returned for a hard disk of any other type.
6159 </desc>
6160 </attribute>
6161
6162 <attribute name="children" type="IHardDiskCollection" readonly="yes">
6163 <desc>
6164
6165 Children of this hard disk (all differencing hard disks for
6166 those this one is a parent). An empty collection is returned, if
6167 this hard disk doesn't have any children.
6168
6169 </desc>
6170 </attribute>
6171
6172 <attribute name="root" type="IHardDisk" readonly="yes">
6173 <desc>
6174
6175 Root hard disk of this hard disk. If this hard disk is a
6176 differencing hard disk, its root hard disk is the first disk on
6177 the branch. For all other types of hard disks, this property
6178 returns the hard disk object itself (i.e. the same object you
6179 read this property on).
6180
6181 </desc>
6182 </attribute>
6183
6184 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6185 <desc>
6186
6187 Whether the hard disk storage is currently accessible or not.
6188 The storage, for example, can be unaccessible if it doesn't exist
6189 or if it is placed on a network resource that is not available
6190 by the time this attribute is read.
6191
6192 In the current implementation, the value of this property is
6193 also <tt>false</tt> if this hard disk is attached to a running
6194 virtual machine.
6195
6196 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
6197 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
6198 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
6199 example, if the network resourse where the hard disk storage is
6200 located is down).
6201
6202 The following attributes of the hard disk object are considered
6203 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
6204 <ul>
6205 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
6206 <li><link to="#actualSize"/></li>
6207 </ul>
6208 Individual hard disk storage type interfaces may define
6209 additional attributes that depend on the accessibility state.
6210 </desc>
6211 </attribute>
6212
6213 <attribute name="allAccessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6214 <desc>
6215
6216 Whether the whole hard disk branch, starting from this image and
6217 going through its ancestors up to the root, is accessible or
6218 not.
6219
6220 This property makes sense only for differencing hard disks. For
6221 all other types of hard disks it returns the same value as
6222 <link to="#accessible"/>.
6223
6224 </desc>
6225 </attribute>
6226
6227 <attribute name="lastAccessError" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6228 <desc>
6229
6230 String describing the reason of inaccessibility of this hard
6231 disk after the last call to <link to="#accessible"/> that
6232 returned <tt>false</tt>. A <tt>null</tt> value of this property
6233 means that the last accessibility check returned <tt>true</tt>.
6234
6235 </desc>
6236 </attribute>
6237
6238 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
6239 <desc>
6240
6241 Logical size of this hard disk (in megabytes), as reported to the
6242 guest OS running inside the vurtual machine this disk is
6243 attached to. The logical size is defined when the hard disk is
6244 created.
6245
6246 <note>Reading this property on a differencing hard disk will
6247 return the size of its root hard disk.</note>
6248
6249 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
6250 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
6251
6252 </desc>
6253 </attribute>
6254
6255 <attribute name="actualSize" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
6256 <desc>
6257
6258 Physical size of the storage used to store hard disk data (in
6259 bytes). This size is usually less than the logical size of the
6260 hard disk, depending on the storage type and on the size
6261 optimization method used for that storage.
6262
6263 <note>Reading this property is meaningless when
6264 <link to="#accessible"/> is <tt>false</tt></note>
6265
6266 </desc>
6267 </attribute>
6268
6269 <attribute name="machineId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6270 <desc>
6271
6272 UUID of the machine this hard disk is attached to (or a
6273 <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not attached).
6274
6275 <note>Immutable hard disks are never attached directly, so this
6276 attribute is always <tt>null</tt> in this case.</note>
6277
6278 </desc>
6279 </attribute>
6280
6281 <attribute name="snapshotId" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
6282 <desc>
6283
6284 UUID of the <link to="ISnapshot">snapshot</link> this hard disk
6285 is associated with (or <tt>null</tt> UUID if it is not
6286 associated with any snapshot).
6287
6288 <note>
6289 This attribute is always <tt>null</tt> if <link to="#machineId"/>
6290 is <tt>null</tt>.
6291 </note>
6292
6293 <note>
6294 Writethrough hard disks are always attached directly and cannot be
6295 involved when taking snapshots, so this attribute is meaningless and
6296 therefore always <tt>null</tt>.
6297 </note>
6298
6299 </desc>
6300 </attribute>
6301
6302 <method name="cloneToImage">
6303
6304 <desc>
6305
6306 Starts creating a clone of this hard disk. The cloned hard disk
6307 will use the specified Virtual Disk Image file as a storage and
6308 will contain exactly the same sector data as the hard disk being
6309 cloned, except that a new UUID for the clone will be randomly
6310 generated.
6311
6312 The specified image file path can be absolute (full path) or
6313 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
6314 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
6315 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder">
6316 default VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image
6317 file.
6318
6319 It is an error to use the object returned in the @a image
6320 parameter until the returned @a progress object reports success.
6321
6322 <note>In the current implementation, only non-differencing hard
6323 disks can be cloned.</note>
6324
6325 </desc>
6326
6327 <param name="filePath" type="wstring" dir="in">
6328 <desc>Path to a file where to store the cloned hard disk.</desc>
6329 </param>
6330 <param name="image" type="IVirtualDiskImage" dir="out">
6331 <desc>Cloned hard disk object.</desc>
6332 </param>
6333 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6334 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6335 </param>
6336
6337 </method>
6338
6339 </interface>
6340
6341 <!--
6342 // IVirtualDiskImage
6343 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6344 -->
6345
6346 <interface
6347 name="IVirtualDiskImage" extends="$unknown"
6348 uuid="a8265b5a-0d20-4a46-a02f-65693a4e8239"
6349 wsmap="managed"
6350 >
6351
6352 <desc>
6353 The IVirtualDiskImage interface represent a specific type of
6354 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that uses VDI image files.
6355
6356 The Virtual Disk Image (VDI) format is VirtualBox's native format for
6357 hard disk containers.
6358
6359 Objects that support this interface also support the
6360 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6361
6362 Hard disks using virtual disk images can be either opened using
6363 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6364 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6365
6366 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for it
6367 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6368 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6369 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6370 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6371 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6372 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6373 virtual machines.
6374
6375 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link> of the
6376 Virtual Disk Image is stored in the image file. For this reason,
6377 changing the value of this property requires the hard disk to be
6378 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link>. The description
6379 of a registered hard disk can be changed only if a virtual machine
6380 using it is not running.
6381
6382 </desc>
6383
6384 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6385 <desc>
6386
6387 Full file name of the virtual disk image of this hard disk. For
6388 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6389
6390 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6391 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6392 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6393 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6394 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6395
6396 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6397
6398 <note>
6399 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6400 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6401 </note>
6402
6403 </desc>
6404 </attribute>
6405
6406 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6407 <desc>
6408
6409 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly
6410 created hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6411 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6412 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link
6413 to="#createDynamicImage()"/> is called.
6414
6415 </desc>
6416 </attribute>
6417
6418 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6419
6420 <desc>
6421
6422 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6423 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6424 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6425 the operation will fail.
6426
6427 <note>After the returned progress object reports that the
6428 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6429 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
6430 within this VirtualBox installation.</note>
6431
6432 </desc>
6433
6434 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6435 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6436 </param>
6437 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6438 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6439 </param>
6440
6441 </method>
6442
6443 <method name="createFixedImage">
6444 <desc>
6445
6446 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6447 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6448 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6449
6450 <note>
6451 After the returned progress object reports that the
6452 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6453 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link>
6454 within this VirtualBox installation.
6455 </note>
6456
6457 </desc>
6458
6459 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6460 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6461 </param>
6462 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6463 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6464 </param>
6465
6466 </method>
6467
6468 <method name="deleteImage">
6469 <desc>
6470
6471 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6472 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6473 operation will fail.
6474
6475 <note>
6476 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to
6477 register the hard disk until the image file is created
6478 again.
6479 </note>
6480
6481 <note>
6482 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6483 they are unregistered using
6484 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6485 </note>
6486
6487 </desc>
6488 </method>
6489
6490 </interface>
6491
6492 <!--
6493 // IISCSIHardDisk
6494 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6495 -->
6496
6497 <interface
6498 name="IISCSIHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6499 uuid="003f6ca9-3257-4ef9-99c9-c66ce44576cb"
6500 wsmap="managed"
6501 >
6502
6503 <desc>
6504 THe IISCSIHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
6505 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses iSCSI.
6506
6507 The IISCSIHardDisk interface represents <link to="IHardDisk">virtual
6508 hard disks</link> that use the Internet SCSI (iSCSI) protocol to store
6509 hard disk data on remote machines.
6510
6511 Objects that support this interface also support the
6512 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6513
6514 iSCSI hard disks can be created using
6515 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>. When a new hard disk object
6516 is created, all its properties are uninitialized. After you assign some
6517 meaningful values to them, the hard disk object can be registered by
6518 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and
6519 then <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to virtual
6520 machines.
6521
6522 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6523 of the iSCSI hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6524 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6525 times) even when
6526 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6527 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6528 attached to a running virtual machine.
6529
6530 <note>
6531 In the current imlementation, the type of all iSCSI hard disks
6532 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link>
6533 and cannot be changed.
6534 </note>
6535
6536 </desc>
6537
6538 <attribute name="server" type="wstring">
6539 <desc>
6540
6541 iSCSI Server name (either a host name or an IP address). For
6542 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6543
6544 </desc>
6545 </attribute>
6546
6547 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short">
6548 <desc>
6549
6550 iSCSI Server port. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6551 value is <tt>0</tt>, which means the default port.
6552
6553 </desc>
6554 </attribute>
6555
6556 <attribute name="target" type="wstring">
6557 <desc>
6558
6559 iSCSI target name. For newly created hard disk objects, this
6560 value is <tt>null</tt>.
6561
6562 </desc>
6563 </attribute>
6564
6565 <attribute name="lun" type="unsigned long long">
6566 <desc>
6567
6568 Logical unit number for this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6569 disk objects, this value is <tt>0</tt>.
6570
6571 </desc>
6572 </attribute>
6573
6574 <attribute name="userName" type="wstring">
6575 <desc>
6576
6577 User name for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created hard
6578 disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6579
6580 </desc>
6581 </attribute>
6582
6583 <attribute name="password" type="wstring">
6584 <desc>
6585
6586 User password for accessing this iSCSI disk. For newly created
6587 hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6588
6589 </desc>
6590 </attribute>
6591
6592 </interface>
6593
6594 <!--
6595 // IVMDKImage
6596 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6597 -->
6598
6599 <interface
6600 name="IVMDKImage" extends="$unknown"
6601 uuid="178398f5-8559-4fee-979e-420af5b53eef"
6602 wsmap="managed"
6603 >
6604 <desc>
6605 The IVMDKImage interface represents a specific type of
6606 <link to="IHardDisk"/> that uses VMDK image files.
6607
6608 The Virtual Machine Disk (VMDK) format is the industry standard format
6609 for virtual hard disk image files, which VirtualBox supports besides its
6610 own native VDI format.
6611
6612 Objects that support this interface also support the
6613 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6614
6615 Hard disks using VMDK images can be either opened using
6616 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6617 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6618
6619 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for it
6620 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6621 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6622 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6623 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6624 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6625 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6626 virtual machines.
6627
6628 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6629 of the VMDK hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6630 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6631 times) even when
6632 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6633 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6634 attached to a running virtual machine.
6635
6636 <note>
6637 In the current imlementation, the type of all VMDK hard disks
6638 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link> and cannot
6639 be changed.
6640 </note>
6641
6642 </desc>
6643
6644 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6645 <desc>
6646
6647 Full file name of the VMDK image of this hard disk. For
6648 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6649
6650 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6651 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6652 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6653 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6654 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6655
6656 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6657
6658 <note>
6659 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6660 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6661 </note>
6662
6663 </desc>
6664 </attribute>
6665
6666 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6667 <desc>
6668
6669 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6670 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6671 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6672 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6673 is called.
6674
6675 </desc>
6676 </attribute>
6677
6678 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6679
6680 <desc>
6681
6682 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6683 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6684 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6685 the operation will fail.
6686
6687 <note>
6688 After the returned progress object reports that the
6689 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6690 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6691 this VirtualBox installation.
6692 </note>
6693
6694 </desc>
6695
6696 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6697 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6698 </param>
6699 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6700 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6701 </param>
6702
6703 </method>
6704
6705 <method name="createFixedImage">
6706 <desc>
6707
6708 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6709 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6710 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6711
6712 <note>
6713 After the returned progress object reports that the
6714 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6715 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6716 this VirtualBox installation.
6717 </note>
6718
6719 </desc>
6720
6721 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6722 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6723 </param>
6724 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6725 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6726 </param>
6727
6728 </method>
6729
6730 <method name="deleteImage">
6731 <desc>
6732
6733 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6734 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6735 operation will fail.
6736
6737 <note>
6738 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
6739 hard disk until the image file is created again.
6740 </note>
6741
6742 <note>
6743 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6744 they are unregistered using
6745 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6746 </note>
6747
6748 </desc>
6749 </method>
6750
6751 </interface>
6752
6753 <!--
6754 // ICustomHardDisk
6755 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6756 -->
6757
6758 <interface
6759 name="ICustomHardDisk" extends="$unknown"
6760 uuid="a7b0236d-3ff4-47c0-a4aa-ddc4ddc1141a"
6761 wsmap="managed"
6762 >
6763 <desc>
6764 The ICustomHardDisk interface represents a specific type of
6765 <link to="IHardDisk" /> that is supported through a third-party plugin.
6766
6767 This interface allows to add support for custom hard disk formats to
6768 VirtualBox.
6769
6770 Objects that support this interface also support the
6771 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6772
6773 Hard disks using custom hard disk formats can be either opened using
6774 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from scratch using
6775 <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6776
6777 When a new hard disk object is created from scratch, an image file for
6778 it is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6779 valid <link to="#location">location</link>, and call
6780 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6781 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6782 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6783 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6784 virtual machines.
6785
6786 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6787 of the hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6788 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6789 times) even when
6790 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6791 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6792 attached to a running virtual machine.
6793
6794 </desc>
6795
6796 <attribute name="location" type="wstring">
6797 <desc>
6798
6799 Location of this custom hard disk. For
6800 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6801
6802 The format of the location string is plugin-dependent. In case if the
6803 plugin uses a regular file in the local file system to store hard disk
6804 data, then the location is a file path and the following rules apply:
6805 <ul>
6806 <li>
6807 when assigning a new path, it must be absolute (full path) or
6808 relative to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox
6809 home directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is
6810 given, the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default
6811 VDI folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6812 </li>
6813 <li>
6814 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6815 </li>
6816 </ul>
6817
6818 <note>
6819 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6820 returns <tt>true</tt>.
6821 </note>
6822
6823 </desc>
6824 </attribute>
6825
6826 <attribute name="format" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
6827 <desc>
6828
6829 The plugin name of the image file.
6830
6831 </desc>
6832 </attribute>
6833
6834 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6835 <desc>
6836
6837 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
6838 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
6839 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
6840 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
6841 is called.
6842
6843 </desc>
6844 </attribute>
6845
6846 <method name="createDynamicImage">
6847
6848 <desc>
6849
6850 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
6851 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
6852 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
6853 the operation will fail.
6854
6855 <note>
6856 After the returned progress object reports that the
6857 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6858 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6859 this VirtualBox installation.
6860 </note>
6861
6862 </desc>
6863
6864 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6865 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6866 </param>
6867 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6868 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6869 </param>
6870
6871 </method>
6872
6873 <method name="createFixedImage">
6874 <desc>
6875
6876 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
6877 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
6878 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
6879
6880 <note>
6881 After the returned progress object reports that the
6882 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
6883 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
6884 this VirtualBox installation.
6885 </note>
6886
6887 </desc>
6888
6889 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
6890 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
6891 </param>
6892 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
6893 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
6894 </param>
6895
6896 </method>
6897
6898 <method name="deleteImage">
6899 <desc>
6900
6901 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
6902 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
6903 operation will fail.
6904
6905 <note>
6906 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
6907 hard disk until the image file is created again.
6908 </note>
6909
6910 <note>
6911 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
6912 they are unregistered using
6913 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
6914 </note>
6915
6916 </desc>
6917 </method>
6918
6919 </interface>
6920
6921 <!--
6922 // IVHDImage
6923 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
6924 -->
6925
6926 <interface
6927 name="IVHDImage" extends="$unknown"
6928 uuid="163b88c3-7552-424a-8205-daf17a004747"
6929 wsmap="managed"
6930 >
6931 <desc>
6932
6933 The IVHDImage interface represents <link to="IHardDisk">virtual hard
6934 disks</link> that use Virtual PC Virtual Machine Disk image files to store
6935 hard disk data.
6936
6937 Hard disks using VHD images can be either opened using
6938 <link to="IVirtualBox::openHardDisk()"/> or created from
6939 scratch using <link to="IVirtualBox::createHardDisk()"/>.
6940
6941 Objects that support this interface also support the
6942 <link to="IHardDisk"/> interface.
6943
6944 When a new hard disk object is created from scatch, an image file for it
6945 is not automatically created. To do it, you need to specify a
6946 valid <link to="#filePath">file path</link>, and call
6947 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>.
6948 When it is done, the hard disk object can be registered by calling
6949 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()"/> and then
6950 <link to="IMachine::attachHardDisk()">attached</link> to
6951 virtual machines.
6952
6953 The <link to="IHardDisk::description">description</link>
6954 of the VHD hard disk is stored in the VirtualBox
6955 configuration file, so it can be changed (at appropriate
6956 times) even when
6957 <link to="IHardDisk::accessible">accessible</link> returns
6958 <tt>false</tt>. However, the hard disk must not be
6959 attached to a running virtual machine.
6960
6961 <note>
6962 In the current imlementation, the type of all VHD hard disks
6963 is <link to="HardDiskType::Writethrough">Writethrough</link> and cannot
6964 be changed.
6965 </note>
6966
6967 </desc>
6968
6969 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring">
6970 <desc>
6971
6972 Full file name of the VHD image of this hard disk. For
6973 newly created hard disk objects, this value is <tt>null</tt>.
6974
6975 When assigning a new path, it can be absolute (full path) or relative
6976 to the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6977 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6978 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6979 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6980
6981 When reading this propery, a full path is always returned.
6982
6983 <note>
6984 This property cannot be changed when <link to="#created"/>
6985 returns <tt>true</tt>. In this case, the specified file name can be
6986 absolute (full path) or relative to
6987 the <link to="IVirtualBox::homeFolder"> VirtualBox home
6988 directory</link>. If only a file name without any path is given,
6989 the <link to="ISystemProperties::defaultVDIFolder"> default VDI
6990 folder</link> will be used as a path to the image file.
6991 </note>
6992
6993 </desc>
6994 </attribute>
6995
6996 <attribute name="created" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
6997 <desc>
6998
6999 Whether the virual disk image is created or not. For newly created
7000 hard disk objects or after a successful invocation of
7001 <link to="#deleteImage()"/>, this value is <tt>false</tt> until
7002 <link to="#createFixedImage()"/> or <link to="#createDynamicImage()"/>
7003 is called.
7004
7005 </desc>
7006 </attribute>
7007
7008 <method name="createDynamicImage">
7009
7010 <desc>
7011
7012 Starts creating a dymically expanding hard disk image in the
7013 background. The previous image associated with this object, if
7014 any, must be deleted using <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise
7015 the operation will fail.
7016
7017 <note>
7018 After the returned progress object reports that the
7019 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
7020 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
7021 this VirtualBox installation.
7022 </note>
7023
7024 </desc>
7025
7026 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7027 <desc>Maximum logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7028 </param>
7029 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7030 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7031 </param>
7032
7033 </method>
7034
7035 <method name="createFixedImage">
7036 <desc>
7037
7038 Starts creating a fixed-size hard disk image in the background. The
7039 previous image, if any, must be deleted using
7040 <link to="#deleteImage"/>, otherwise the operation will fail.
7041
7042 <note>
7043 After the returned progress object reports that the
7044 operation is complete, this hard disk object can be
7045 <link to="IVirtualBox::registerHardDisk()">registered</link> within
7046 this VirtualBox installation.
7047 </note>
7048
7049 </desc>
7050
7051 <param name="size" type="unsigned long long" dir="in">
7052 <desc>Logical size of the hard disk in megabytes.</desc>
7053 </param>
7054 <param name="progress" type="IProgress" dir="return">
7055 <desc>Progress object to track the operation completion.</desc>
7056 </param>
7057
7058 </method>
7059
7060 <method name="deleteImage">
7061 <desc>
7062
7063 Deletes the existing hard disk image. The hard disk must not be
7064 registered within this VirtualBox installation, otherwise the
7065 operation will fail.
7066
7067 <note>
7068 After this operation succeeds, it will be impossible to register the
7069 hard disk until the image file is created again.
7070 </note>
7071
7072 <note>
7073 This operation is valid only for non-differencing hard disks, after
7074 they are unregistered using
7075 <link to="IVirtualBox::unregisterHardDisk()"/>.
7076 </note>
7077
7078 </desc>
7079 </method>
7080
7081 </interface>
7082
7083 <!--
7084 // IDVDImage
7085 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7086 -->
7087
7088 <enumerator
7089 name="IDVDImageEnumerator" type="IDVDImage"
7090 uuid="9BE77C8D-E1BE-4bf2-A67B-B4DD3D2B0F28"
7091 />
7092
7093 <collection
7094 name="IDVDImageCollection" type="IDVDImage"
7095 enumerator="IDVDImageEnumerator"
7096 uuid="AE7053FA-ADD2-4ea4-AFCF-24D5F8DDED64"
7097 readonly="yes"
7098 >
7099 <method name="findByPath">
7100 <desc>
7101 Searches this collection for a DVD image with the given disk path.
7102 <note>
7103 The method returns an error if the given name does not
7104 correspond to any DVD image in the collection.
7105 </note>
7106 </desc>
7107 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
7108 <desc>Name of the DVD image's file system location.</desc>
7109 </param>
7110 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return">
7111 <desc>Found DVD image object</desc>
7112 </param>
7113 </method>
7114 </collection>
7115
7116 <interface
7117 name="IDVDImage" extends="$unknown"
7118 uuid="140FFF03-E479-4194-8562-ABC4F8171009"
7119 wsmap="managed"
7120 >
7121 <desc>
7122
7123 The IDVDImage interface represents a file containing the image
7124 of the DVD or CD disk.
7125
7126 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
7127
7128 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
7129 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
7130 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
7131 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
7132 the image file size) until a new accessibility
7133 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
7134
7135 <note>
7136 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
7137 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
7138 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
7139 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
7140 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
7141 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
7142 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
7143 </note>
7144
7145 </desc>
7146 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
7147 <desc>UUID of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
7148 </attribute>
7149
7150 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
7151 <desc>Full file name of the CD/DVD image.</desc>
7152 </attribute>
7153
7154 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7155 <desc>
7156
7157 Whether the CD/DVD image is currently accessible or not.
7158 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
7159 on a network share that is not available by the time
7160 this property is read.
7161
7162 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
7163 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
7164 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
7165 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
7166
7167 The following attributes of the image object are considered
7168 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
7169 <ul>
7170 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
7171 </ul>
7172
7173 </desc>
7174 </attribute>
7175
7176 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
7177 <desc>Size of the ISO image in bytes.</desc>
7178 </attribute>
7179
7180 </interface>
7181
7182
7183 <!--
7184 // IDVDDrive
7185 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7186 -->
7187
7188 <interface
7189 name="IDVDDrive" extends="$unknown"
7190 uuid="d9bd101a-8079-4fb9-bad1-31bf32482b75"
7191 wsmap="managed"
7192 >
7193 <desc>
7194 The IDVDDrive interface represents the virtual CD/DVD drive of the
7195 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::DVDDrive"/>.
7196 </desc>
7197 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
7198 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
7199 </attribute>
7200
7201 <attribute name="passthrough" type="boolean">
7202 <desc>
7203 When a host drive is mounted and passthrough is enabled
7204 the guest will be able to directly send SCSI commands to
7205 the host drive. This enables the guest to use CD/DVD writers
7206 but is potentially dangerous.
7207 </desc>
7208 </attribute>
7209
7210 <method name="mountImage">
7211 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
7212 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
7213 </method>
7214
7215 <method name="captureHostDrive">
7216 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
7217 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="in"/>
7218 </method>
7219
7220 <method name="unmount">
7221 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
7222 </method>
7223
7224 <method name="getImage">
7225 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7226 <param name="image" type="IDVDImage" dir="return"/>
7227 </method>
7228
7229 <method name="getHostDrive">
7230 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7231 <param name="drive" type="IHostDVDDrive" dir="return"/>
7232 </method>
7233
7234 </interface>
7235
7236 <!--
7237 // IFloppyImage
7238 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7239 -->
7240
7241 <enumerator
7242 name="IFloppyImageEnumerator" type="IFloppyImage"
7243 uuid="902C4089-76B7-41f1-91E8-49A261A28A2C"
7244 />
7245
7246 <collection
7247 name="IFloppyImageCollection" type="IFloppyImage"
7248 enumerator="IFloppyImageEnumerator"
7249 uuid="327A8928-8572-446e-AD9A-18FE30E81F3F"
7250 readonly="yes">
7251 <method name="findByPath">
7252 <desc>
7253 Searches this collection for a floppy image with the given disk path.
7254 <note>
7255 The method returns an error if the given name does not
7256 correspond to any floppy image in the collection.
7257 </note>
7258 </desc>
7259 <param name="path" type="wstring" dir="in">
7260 <desc>Name of the floppy image's file system location.</desc>
7261 </param>
7262 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return">
7263 <desc>Found Floppy image object</desc>
7264 </param>
7265 </method>
7266 </collection>
7267
7268 <interface
7269 name="IFloppyImage" extends="$unknown"
7270 uuid="CC696755-EA98-4ffe-9DC5-C003047034AB"
7271 wsmap="managed"
7272 >
7273 <desc>
7274
7275 The IFloppyImage interface represents a file containing the image
7276 of a floppy disk.
7277
7278 <h3>Image Accessibility</h3>
7279
7280 The <link to="#accessible"/> attribute of the image object
7281 defines the accessibility state of the image file. If the
7282 value of this attribute is <tt>false</tt> then some image
7283 attributes may contain invalid or outdated values (for example, the
7284 the image file size) until a new accessibility
7285 check is done that returns <tt>true</tt>.
7286
7287 <note>
7288 Because of the possible slowness of the accessibility check,
7289 it is not implicitly performed upon the VirtualBox server startup
7290 (to prevent the application freeze). In partcular, this means that
7291 if you try to read image properties that depend on the
7292 accessibility state without first reading the value of the
7293 <link to="#accessible"/> attribute and ensuring it's value is
7294 <tt>true</tt>, you will get wrong (zero) values.
7295 </note>
7296
7297 </desc>
7298 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
7299 <desc>UUID of the floppy image.</desc>
7300 </attribute>
7301
7302 <attribute name="filePath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
7303 <desc>Full file name of the floppy image.</desc>
7304 </attribute>
7305
7306 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7307 <desc>
7308
7309 Whether the floppy image is currently accessible or not.
7310 The image, for example, can be unaccessible if it is placed
7311 on a network share that is not available by the time
7312 this property is read.
7313
7314 The accessibility check is performed automatically every time
7315 this attribute is read. You should keep it in mind that this check
7316 may be slow and can block the calling thread for a long time (for
7317 example, if the network share where the image is located is down).
7318
7319 The following attributes of the image object are considered
7320 to be invalid when this attribute is <tt>false</tt>:
7321 <ul>
7322 <li><link to="#size"/></li>
7323 </ul>
7324
7325 </desc>
7326 </attribute>
7327
7328 <attribute name="size" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7329 <desc>Size of the floppy image in bytes.</desc>
7330 </attribute>
7331
7332 </interface>
7333
7334
7335 <!--
7336 // IFloppyDrive
7337 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7338 -->
7339
7340 <interface
7341 name="IFloppyDrive" extends="$unknown"
7342 uuid="E9318F71-78D2-4b00-863C-B7CB0030A2D9"
7343 wsmap="managed"
7344 >
7345 <desc>
7346 The IFloppyDrive interface represents the virtual floppy drive of the
7347 virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::FloppyDrive" />.
7348 </desc>
7349
7350 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
7351 <desc>
7352 Flag whether the floppy drive is enabled. If it is disabled,
7353 the floppy drive will not be reported to the guest.
7354 </desc>
7355 </attribute>
7356
7357 <attribute name="state" type="DriveState" readonly="yes">
7358 <desc>Current drive state.</desc>
7359 </attribute>
7360
7361 <method name="mountImage">
7362 <desc>Mounts the specified image.</desc>
7363 <param name="imageId" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
7364 </method>
7365
7366 <method name="captureHostDrive">
7367 <desc>Captures the specified host drive.</desc>
7368 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="in"/>
7369 </method>
7370
7371 <method name="unmount">
7372 <desc>Unmounts the currently mounted image/device.</desc>
7373 </method>
7374
7375 <method name="getImage">
7376 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7377 <param name="image" type="IFloppyImage" dir="return"/>
7378 </method>
7379
7380 <method name="getHostDrive">
7381 <desc>Gets the currently mounted image ID.</desc>
7382 <param name="drive" type="IHostFloppyDrive" dir="return"/>
7383 </method>
7384
7385 </interface>
7386
7387
7388 <!--
7389 // IKeyboard
7390 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7391 -->
7392
7393 <interface
7394 name="IKeyboard" extends="$unknown"
7395 uuid="FD443EC1-000A-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
7396 wsmap="managed"
7397 >
7398 <desc>
7399 The IKeyboard interface represents the virtual machine's keyboard. Used
7400 in <link to="IConsole::keyboard"/>.
7401
7402 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual keyboard can be controlled. One
7403 can send keystrokes to the virtual machine and send the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to it.
7404 </desc>
7405 <method name="putScancode">
7406 <desc>Sends a scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
7407 <param name="scancode" type="long" dir="in"/>
7408 </method>
7409
7410 <method name="putScancodes">
7411 <desc>Sends an array of scancode to the keyboard.</desc>
7412 <param name="scancodes" type="long" dir="in" array="count"/>
7413 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7414 <param name="codesStored" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
7415 </method>
7416
7417 <method name="putCAD">
7418 <desc>Sends the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence to the keyboard.</desc>
7419 </method>
7420
7421 </interface>
7422
7423
7424 <!--
7425 // IMouse
7426 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7427 -->
7428
7429 <enum
7430 name="MouseButtonState"
7431 uuid="03131722-2EC5-4173-9794-0DACA46673EF"
7432 >
7433 <desc>
7434 Mouse button state.
7435 </desc>
7436
7437 <const name="LeftButton" value="0x01"/>
7438 <const name="RightButton" value="0x02"/>
7439 <const name="MiddleButton" value="0x04"/>
7440 <const name="WheelUp" value="0x08"/>
7441 <const name="WheelDown" value="0x10"/>
7442 <const name="MouseStateMask" value="0x1F"/>
7443 </enum>
7444
7445 <interface
7446 name="IMouse" extends="$unknown"
7447 uuid="FD443EC1-0006-4F5B-9282-D72760A66916"
7448 wsmap="managed"
7449 >
7450 <desc>
7451 The IMouse interface represents the virtual machine's mouse. Used in
7452 <link to="IConsole::mouse"/>.
7453
7454 Through this interface, the virtual machine's virtual mouse can be
7455 controlled.
7456 </desc>
7457
7458 <attribute name="absoluteSupported" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7459 <desc>
7460 Whether the guest OS supports absolute mouse pointer positioning
7461 or not.
7462 <note>
7463 VirtualBox Guest Tools need to be installed to the guest OS
7464 in order to enable absolute mouse positioning support.
7465 You can use the <link to="IConsoleCallback::onMouseCapabilityChange"/>
7466 callback to be instantly informed about changes of this attribute
7467 during virtual machine execution.
7468 </note>
7469 <see><link to="#putMouseEventAbsolute"/></see>
7470 </desc>
7471 </attribute>
7472
7473 <method name="putMouseEvent">
7474 <desc>
7475 Initiates a mouse event using relative pointer movements
7476 along x and y axis.
7477 </desc>
7478
7479 <param name="dx" type="long" dir="in">
7480 <desc>
7481 Amout of pixels the mouse should move to the right.
7482 Negative values move the mouse to the left.
7483 </desc>
7484 </param>
7485 <param name="dy" type="long" dir="in">
7486 <desc>
7487 Amout of pixels the mouse should move downwards.
7488 Negative values move the mouse upwards.
7489 </desc>
7490 </param>
7491 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
7492 <desc>
7493 Amount of mouse wheel moves.
7494 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
7495 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
7496 </desc>
7497 </param>
7498 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
7499 <desc>
7500 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
7501 a mouse button as follows:
7502 <table>
7503 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
7504 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
7505 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
7506 </table>
7507 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
7508 otherwise it is released.
7509 </desc>
7510 </param>
7511 </method>
7512
7513 <method name="putMouseEventAbsolute">
7514 <desc>
7515 Positions the mouse pointer using absolute x and y coordinates.
7516 These coordinates are expressed in pixels and
7517 start from <tt>[1,1]</tt> which corresponds to the top left
7518 corner of the virtual display.
7519
7520 <note>
7521 This method will have effect only if absolute mouse
7522 positioning is supported by the guest OS.
7523 </note>
7524
7525 <see><link to="#absoluteSupported"/></see>
7526 </desc>
7527
7528 <param name="x" type="long" dir="in">
7529 <desc>
7530 X coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
7531 </desc>
7532 </param>
7533 <param name="y" type="long" dir="in">
7534 <desc>
7535 Y coordinate of the pointer in pixels, starting from <tt>1</tt>.
7536 </desc>
7537 </param>
7538 <param name="dz" type="long" dir="in">
7539 <desc>
7540 Amout of mouse wheel moves.
7541 Positive values describe clockwize wheel rotations,
7542 negative values describe counterclockwise rotations.
7543 </desc>
7544 </param>
7545 <param name="buttonState" type="long" dir="in">
7546 <desc>
7547 The current state of mouse buttons. Every bit represents
7548 a mouse button as follows:
7549 <table>
7550 <tr><td>Bit 0 (<tt>0x01</tt>)</td><td>left mouse button</td></tr>
7551 <tr><td>Bit 1 (<tt>0x02</tt>)</td><td>right mouse button</td></tr>
7552 <tr><td>Bit 2 (<tt>0x04</tt>)</td><td>middle mouse button</td></tr>
7553 </table>
7554 A value of <tt>1</tt> means the corresponding button is pressed.
7555 otherwise it is released.
7556 </desc>
7557 </param>
7558 </method>
7559
7560 </interface>
7561
7562 <!--
7563 // IDisplay
7564 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
7565 -->
7566
7567 <enum
7568 name="FramebufferAccelerationOperation"
7569 uuid="f0e5ebbe-dc8e-4e2d-916e-53baa3844df8"
7570 >
7571 <desc>
7572 Framebuffer acceleration operation.
7573 </desc>
7574
7575 <const name="SolidFillAcceleration" value="1"/>
7576 <const name="ScreenCopyAcceleration" value="2"/>
7577 </enum>
7578
7579 <enum
7580 name="FramebufferPixelFormat"
7581 uuid="6b27d1fc-4f2c-4e9c-a166-01d06540305d"
7582 >
7583 <desc>
7584 Format of the video memory buffer. Constants represented by this enum can
7585 be used to test for particular values of <link
7586 to="IFramebuffer::pixelFormat"/>. See also <link
7587 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/>.
7588
7589 See also www.fourcc.org for more informantion about FOURCC pixel formats.
7590 </desc>
7591
7592 <const name="Opaque" value="0xFFFFFFFF">
7593 <desc>
7594 Unknown buffer format. The user may not assume any particular
7595 format of the buffer.
7596 </desc>
7597 </const>
7598 <const name="FOURCC_RGB" value="0x32424752">
7599 <desc>
7600 Basic RGB format. <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/> determines
7601 the bit layout.
7602 </desc>
7603 </const>
7604 </enum>
7605
7606 <interface
7607 name="IFramebuffer" extends="$unknown"
7608 uuid="af431304-5b09-40e2-94da-3c3cb03822c1"
7609 wsmap="suppress"
7610 >
7611 <attribute name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" readonly="yes">
7612 <desc>Address of the start byte of the framebuffer.</desc>
7613 </attribute>
7614
7615 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7616 <desc>Framebuffer width, in pixels.</desc>
7617 </attribute>
7618
7619 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7620 <desc>Framebuffer height, in pixels.</desc>
7621 </attribute>
7622
7623 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7624 <desc>
7625 Color depth, in bits per pixel. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7626 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, valid values
7627 are: 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32.
7628 </desc>
7629 </attribute>
7630
7631 <attribute name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7632 <desc>
7633 Scan line size, in bytes. When <link to="#pixelFormat"/> is <link
7634 to="FramebufferPixelFormat::FOURCC_RGB">FOURCC_RGB</link>, the
7635 size of the scan line must be aligned to 32 bits.
7636 </desc>
7637 </attribute>
7638
7639 <attribute name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7640 <desc>
7641 Framebuffer pixel format. It's either one of the values defined by <link
7642 to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/> or a raw FOURCC code.
7643 <note>
7644 This attribute must never return <link
7645 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> -- the format of the buffer
7646 <link to="#address"/> points to must be always known.
7647 </note>
7648 </desc>
7649 </attribute>
7650
7651 <attribute name="usesGuestVRAM" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
7652 <desc>
7653 Defines whether this framebuffer uses the virtual video card's memory
7654 buffer (guest VRAM) directly or not. See <link
7655 to="IFramebuffer::requestResize()"/> for more information.
7656 </desc>
7657 </attribute>
7658
7659 <attribute name="heightReduction" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7660 <desc>
7661 Hint from the framebuffer about how much of the standard
7662 screen height it wants to use for itself. This information is
7663 exposed to the guest through the VESA BIOS and VMMDev interface
7664 so that it can use it for determining its video mode table. It
7665 is not guaranteed that the guest respects the value.
7666 </desc>
7667 </attribute>
7668
7669 <attribute name="overlay" type="IFramebufferOverlay" readonly="yes">
7670 <desc>
7671 An alpha-blended overlay which is superposed over the framebuffer.
7672 The initial purpose is to allow the display of icons providing
7673 information about the VM state, including disk activity, in front
7674 ends which do not have other means of doing that. The overlay is
7675 designed to controlled exclusively by IDisplay. It has no locking
7676 of its own, and any changes made to it are not guaranteed to be
7677 visible until the affected portion of IFramebuffer is updated. The
7678 overlay can be created lazily the first time it is requested. This
7679 attribute can also return NULL to signal that the overlay is not
7680 implemented.
7681 </desc>
7682 </attribute>
7683
7684 <method name="lock">
7685 <desc>
7686 Locks the framebuffer.
7687 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7688 bound to.
7689 </desc>
7690 </method>
7691
7692 <method name="unlock">
7693 <desc>
7694 Unlocks the framebuffer.
7695 Gets called by the IDisplay object where this framebuffer is
7696 bound to.
7697 </desc>
7698 </method>
7699
7700 <method name="notifyUpdate">
7701 <desc>
7702 Informs about an update.
7703 Gets called by the display object where this buffer is
7704 registered.
7705 </desc>
7706 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7707 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7708 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7709 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7710 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7711 </method>
7712
7713 <method name="requestResize">
7714 <desc>
7715 Requests a size and pixel format change.
7716
7717 There are two modes of working with the video buffer of the virtual
7718 machine. The <i>indirect</i> mode implies that the IFramebuffer
7719 implementation allocates a memory buffer for the requested display mode
7720 and provides it to the virtual machine. In <i>direct</i> mode, the
7721 IFramebuffer implementation uses the memory buffer allocated and owned
7722 by the virtual machine. This buffer represents the video memory of the
7723 emulated video adapter (so called <i>guest VRAM</i>). The direct mode is
7724 usually faster because the implementation gets a raw pointer to the
7725 guest VRAM buffer which it can directly use for visualising the contents
7726 of the virtual display, as opposed to the indirect mode where the
7727 contents of guest VRAM are copied to the memory buffer provided by
7728 the implementation every time a display update occurs.
7729
7730 It is important to note that the direct mode is really fast only when
7731 the implementation uses the given guest VRAM buffer directly, for
7732 example, by blitting it to the window representing the virtual machine's
7733 display, which saves at least one copy operation comparing to the
7734 indirect mode. However, using the guest VRAM buffer directly is not
7735 always possible: the format and the color depth of this buffer may be
7736 not supported by the target window, or it may be unknown (opaque) as in
7737 case of text or non-linear multi-plane VGA video modes. In this case,
7738 the indirect mode (that is always available) should be used as a
7739 fallback: when the guest VRAM contents are copied to the
7740 implementation-provided memory buffer, color and format conversion is
7741 done authomatically by the underlying code.
7742
7743 The @a pixelFormat parameter defines whether the direct mode is
7744 available or not. If @a pixelFormat is <link
7745 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> then direct access to the guest
7746 VRAM buffer is not available -- the @a VRAM, @a bitsPerPixel and @a
7747 bytesPerLine parameters must be ignored and the implementation must use
7748 the indirect mode (where it provides its own buffer in one of the
7749 supported formats). In all other cases, @a pixelFormat together with @a
7750 bitsPerPixel and @a bytesPerLine define the format of the video memory
7751 buffer pointed to by the @a VRAM parameter and the implementation is
7752 free to choose which mode to use. To indicate that this framebuffer uses
7753 the direct mode, the implementation of the <link to="#usesGuestVRAM"/>
7754 attribute must return <tt>true</tt> and <link to="#address"/> must
7755 return exactly the same address that is passed in the @a VRAM parameter
7756 of this method; otherwise it is assumed that the indirect strategy is
7757 chosen.
7758
7759 The @a width and @a height parameters represent the size of the
7760 requested display mode in both modes. In case of indirect mode, the
7761 provided memory buffer should be big enough to store data of the given
7762 display mode. In case of direct mode, it is guaranteed that the given @a
7763 VRAM buffer contains enough space to represent the display mode of the
7764 given size. Note that this framebuffer's <link to="#width"/> and <link
7765 to="#height"/> attributes must return exactly the same values as
7766 passed to this method after the resize is completed (see below).
7767
7768 The @a finished output parameter determines if the implementation has
7769 finished resizing the framebuffer or not. If, for some reason, the
7770 resize cannot be finished immediately during this call, @a finished
7771 must be set to @c false, and the implementation must call
7772 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> after it has returned from
7773 this method as soon as possible. If @a finished is @c false, the
7774 machine will not call any framebuffer methods until
7775 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
7776
7777 Note that if the direct mode is chosen, the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>,
7778 <link to="#bytesPerLine"/> and <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attributes of
7779 this framebuffer must return exactly the same values as specified in the
7780 parameters of this method, after the resize is completed. If the
7781 indirect mode is chosen, these attributes must return values describing
7782 the format of the implementation's own memory buffer <link
7783 to="#address"/> points to. Note also that the <link to="#bitsPerPixel"/>
7784 value must always correlate with <link to="#pixelFormat"/>. Note that
7785 the <link to="#pixelFormat"/> attribute must never return <link
7786 to="PixelFormat::Opaque"/> regardless of the selected mode.
7787
7788 <note>
7789 This method is called by the IDisplay object under the
7790 <link to="#lock()"/> provided by this IFramebuffer
7791 implementation. If this method returns @c false in @a finished, then
7792 this lock is not released until
7793 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> is called.
7794 </note>
7795 </desc>
7796 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7797 <desc>
7798 Logical screen number. Must be used in the corresponding call to
7799 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/> if this call is made.
7800 </desc>
7801 </param>
7802 <param name="pixelFormat" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7803 <desc>
7804 Pixel format of the memory buffer pointed to by @a VRAM.
7805 See also <link to="FramebufferPixelFormat"/>.
7806 </desc>
7807 </param>
7808 <param name="VRAM" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7809 <desc>Pointer to the virtual video card's VRAM (may be @c null).</desc>
7810 </param>
7811 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7812 <desc>Color depth, bits per pixel.</desc>
7813 </param>
7814 <param name="bytesPerLine" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7815 <desc>Size of one scan line, in bytes.</desc>
7816 </param>
7817 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7818 <desc>Width of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
7819 </param>
7820 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7821 <desc>Height of the guest display, in pixels.</desc>
7822 </param>
7823 <param name="finished" type="boolean" dir="return">
7824 <desc>
7825 Can the VM start using the new framebuffer immediately
7826 after this method returns or it should wait for
7827 <link to="IDisplay::resizeCompleted()"/>.
7828 </desc>
7829 </param>
7830 </method>
7831
7832 <method name="operationSupported">
7833 <desc>
7834 Returns whether the given acceleration operation is supported
7835 by the IFramebuffer implementation. If not, the display object
7836 will not attempt to call the corresponding IFramebuffer entry
7837 point. Even if an operation is indicated to supported, the
7838 IFramebuffer implementation always has the option to return non
7839 supported from the corresponding acceleration method in which
7840 case the operation will be performed by the display engine. This
7841 allows for reduced IFramebuffer implementation complexity where
7842 only common cases are handled.
7843 </desc>
7844 <param name="operation" type="FramebufferAccelerationOperation" dir="in"/>
7845 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7846 </method>
7847
7848 <method name="videoModeSupported">
7849 <desc>
7850 Returns whether the framebuffer implementation is willing to
7851 support a given video mode. In case it is not able to render
7852 the video mode (or for some reason not willing), it should
7853 return false. Usually this method is called when the guest
7854 asks the VMM device whether a given video mode is supported
7855 so the information returned is directly exposed to the guest.
7856 It is important that this method returns very quickly.
7857 </desc>
7858 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7859 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7860 <param name="bpp" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7861 <param name="supported" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7862 </method>
7863
7864 <method name="solidFill">
7865 <desc>
7866 Fills the specified rectangle on screen with a solid color.
7867 </desc>
7868 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7869 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7870 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7871 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7872 <param name="color" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7873 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7874 </method>
7875
7876 <method name="copyScreenBits">
7877 <desc>
7878 Copies specified rectangle on the screen.
7879 </desc>
7880 <param name="xDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7881 <param name="yDst" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7882 <param name="xSrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7883 <param name="ySrc" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7884 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7885 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7886 <param name="handled" type="boolean" dir="return"/>
7887 </method>
7888
7889 <method name="getVisibleRegion">
7890 <desc>
7891 Returns the visible region of this framebuffer.
7892
7893 If the @a rectangles parameter is <tt>NULL</tt> then the value of the
7894 @a count parameter is ignored and the number of elements necessary to
7895 describe the current visible region is returned in @a countCopied.
7896
7897 If @a rectangles is not <tt>NULL</tt> but @a count is less
7898 than the required number of elements to store region data, the method
7899 will report a failure. If @a count is equal or greater than the
7900 required number of elements, then the actual number of elements copied
7901 to the provided array will be returned in @a countCopied.
7902
7903 <note>
7904 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
7905 this IFramebuffer object.
7906 </note>
7907 </desc>
7908 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7909 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array to receive region data.</desc>
7910 </param>
7911 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7912 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7913 </param>
7914 <param name="countCopied" type="unsigned long" dir="return">
7915 <desc>Number of elements copied to the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7916 </param>
7917 </method>
7918
7919 <method name="setVisibleRegion">
7920 <desc>
7921 Suggests a new visible region to this framebuffer. This region
7922 represents the area of the VM display which is a union of regions of
7923 all top-level windows of the guest operating system running inside the
7924 VM (if the Guest Additions for this system support this
7925 functionality). This information may be used by the frontends to
7926 implement the seamless desktop integration feature.
7927
7928 <note>
7929 The address of the provided array must be in the process space of
7930 this IFramebuffer object.
7931 </note>
7932 <note>
7933 The IFramebuffer implementation must make a copy of the provided
7934 array of rectangles.
7935 </note>
7936 </desc>
7937 <param name="rectangles" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in">
7938 <desc>Pointer to the <tt>RTRECT</tt> array.</desc>
7939 </param>
7940 <param name="count" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
7941 <desc>Number of <tt>RTRECT</tt> elements in the @a rectangles array.</desc>
7942 </param>
7943 </method>
7944
7945 </interface>
7946
7947 <interface
7948 name="IFramebufferOverlay" extends="IFrameBuffer"
7949 uuid="0bcc1c7e-e415-47d2-bfdb-e4c705fb0f47"
7950 wsmap="suppress"
7951 >
7952 <desc>
7953 The IFramebufferOverlay interface represents an alpha blended overlay
7954 for displaying status icons above an IFramebuffer. It is always created
7955 not visible, so that it must be explicitly shown. It only covers a
7956 portion of the IFramebuffer, determined by its width, height and
7957 co-ordinates. It is always in packed pixel little-endian 32bit ARGB (in
7958 that order) format, and may be written to directly. Do re-read the
7959 width though, after setting it, as it may be adjusted (increased) to
7960 make it more suitable for the front end.
7961 </desc>
7962 <attribute name="x" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7963 <desc>X position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
7964 </attribute>
7965
7966 <attribute name="y" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
7967 <desc>Y position of the overlay, relative to the framebuffer.</desc>
7968 </attribute>
7969
7970 <attribute name="visible" type="boolean" readonly="no">
7971 <desc>
7972 Whether the overlay is currently visible.
7973 </desc>
7974 </attribute>
7975
7976 <attribute name="alpha" type="unsigned long" readonly="no">
7977 <desc>
7978 The global alpha value for the overlay. This may or may not be
7979 supported by a given front end.
7980 </desc>
7981 </attribute>
7982
7983 <method name="move">
7984 <desc>
7985 Changes the overlay's position relative to the IFramebuffer.
7986 </desc>
7987 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7988 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
7989 </method>
7990
7991 </interface>
7992
7993 <interface
7994 name="IDisplay" extends="$unknown"
7995 uuid="09789f63-4525-48e5-a5e4-1080453b0eab"
7996 wsmap="suppress"
7997 >
7998 <desc>
7999 The IDisplay interface represents the virtual machine's display.
8000
8001 The object implementing this interface is contained in each
8002 <link to="IConsole::display"/> attribute and represents the visual
8003 output of the virtual machine.
8004
8005 The virtual display supports pluggable output targets represented by the
8006 IFramebuffer interface. Examples of the output target are a window on
8007 the host computer or an RDP sessoin's display on a remote computer.
8008 </desc>
8009 <attribute name="width" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8010 <desc>Current display width.</desc>
8011 </attribute>
8012
8013 <attribute name="height" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8014 <desc>Current display height.</desc>
8015 </attribute>
8016
8017 <attribute name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8018 <desc>
8019 Current guest display color depth. Note that this may differ
8020 from <link to="IFramebuffer::bitsPerPixel"/>.
8021 </desc>
8022 </attribute>
8023
8024 <method name="setupInternalFramebuffer">
8025 <desc>
8026 Prepares an internally managed framebuffer.
8027 </desc>
8028 <param name="depth" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8029 </method>
8030
8031 <method name="lockFramebuffer">
8032 <desc>
8033 Requests access to the internal framebuffer.
8034 </desc>
8035 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="return"/>
8036 </method>
8037
8038 <method name="unlockFramebuffer">
8039 <desc>
8040 Releases access to the internal framebuffer.
8041 </desc>
8042 </method>
8043
8044 <method name="registerExternalFramebuffer">
8045 <desc>
8046 Registers an external framebuffer.
8047 </desc>
8048 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
8049 </method>
8050
8051 <method name="setFramebuffer">
8052 <desc>
8053 Sets the framebuffer for given screen.
8054 </desc>
8055 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8056 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="in"/>
8057 </method>
8058
8059 <method name="getFramebuffer">
8060 <desc>
8061 Queries the framebuffer for given screen.
8062 </desc>
8063 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8064 <param name="framebuffer" type="IFramebuffer" dir="out"/>
8065 <param name="xOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
8066 <param name="yOrigin" type="long" dir="out"/>
8067 </method>
8068
8069 <method name="setVideoModeHint">
8070 <desc>
8071 Asks VirtualBox to request the given video mode from
8072 the guest. This is just a hint and it cannot be guaranteed
8073 that the requested resolution will be used. Guest Additions
8074 are required for the request to be seen by guests. The caller
8075 should issue the request and wait for a resolution change and
8076 after a timeout retry.
8077
8078 Specifying <tt>0</tt> for either @a width, @a height or @a bitsPerPixel
8079 parameters means that the corresponding values should be taken from the
8080 current video mode (i.e. left unchanged).
8081
8082 If the guest OS supports multi-monitor configuration then the @a display
8083 parameter specifies the number of the guest display to send the hint to:
8084 <tt>0</tt> is the primary display, <tt>1</tt> is the first secondary and
8085 so on. If the multi-monitor configuration is not supported, @a display
8086 must be <tt>0</tt>.
8087
8088 </desc>
8089 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8090 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8091 <param name="bitsPerPixel" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8092 <param name="display" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8093 </method>
8094
8095 <method name="setSeamlessMode">
8096 <desc>
8097 Enables or disables seamless guest display rendering (seamless desktop
8098 integration) mode.
8099 <note>
8100 Calling this method has no effect if <link
8101 to="IGuest::supportsSeamless"/> returns <tt>false</tt>.
8102 </note>
8103 </desc>
8104 <param name="enabled" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
8105 </method>
8106
8107 <method name="takeScreenShot">
8108 <desc>
8109 Takes a screen shot of the requested size and copies it to the
8110 32-bpp buffer allocated by the caller.
8111 </desc>
8112 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
8113 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8114 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8115 </method>
8116
8117 <method name="drawToScreen">
8118 <desc>
8119 Draws a 32-bpp image of the specified size from the given buffer
8120 to the given point on the VM display.
8121 </desc>
8122 <param name="address" type="octet" mod="ptr" dir="in"/>
8123 <param name="x" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8124 <param name="y" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8125 <param name="width" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8126 <param name="height" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8127 </method>
8128
8129 <method name="invalidateAndUpdate">
8130 <desc>
8131 Does a full invalidation of the VM display and instructs the VM
8132 to update it.
8133 </desc>
8134 </method>
8135
8136 <method name="resizeCompleted">
8137 <desc>
8138 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the resize operation.
8139 </desc>
8140 <param name="screenId" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
8141 </method>
8142
8143 <method name="updateCompleted">
8144 <desc>
8145 Signals that a framebuffer has completed the update operation.
8146 </desc>
8147 </method>
8148
8149 </interface>
8150
8151 <!--
8152 // INetworkAdapter
8153 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8154 -->
8155
8156 <enum
8157 name="NetworkAttachmentType"
8158 uuid="8730d899-d036-4925-bc63-e58f3486f4bf"
8159 >
8160 <desc>
8161 Network attachment type.
8162 </desc>
8163
8164 <const name="Null" value="0">
8165 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "not attached".</desc>
8166 </const>
8167 <const name="NAT" value="1"/>
8168 <const name="HostInterface" value="2"/>
8169 <const name="Internal" value="3"/>
8170 </enum>
8171
8172 <enum
8173 name="NetworkAdapterType"
8174 uuid="156b17b9-5d61-4d54-be90-62e37dda848d"
8175 >
8176 <desc>
8177 Network adapter type.
8178 </desc>
8179
8180 <const name="Null" value="0">
8181 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
8182 </const>
8183 <const name="Am79C970A" value="1"/>
8184 <const name="Am79C973" value="2"/>
8185 <const name="I82540EM" value="3"/>
8186 </enum>
8187
8188 <interface
8189 name="INetworkAdapter" extends="$unknown"
8190 uuid="78dfc978-ecb0-44ee-8b20-54549dd4539e"
8191 wsmap="managed"
8192 >
8193 <attribute name="adapterType" type="NetworkAdapterType">
8194 <desc>
8195 Type of the virtual network adapter. Depending on this value,
8196 VirtualBox will provide a different virtual network hardware
8197 to the guest.
8198 </desc>
8199 </attribute>
8200
8201 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8202 <desc>
8203 Slot number this adapter is plugged into. Corresponds to
8204 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getNetworkAdapter"/>
8205 to obtain this instance.
8206 </desc>
8207 </attribute>
8208
8209 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8210 <desc>
8211 Flag whether the network adapter is present in the
8212 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8213 not contain this network adapter. Can only be changed when
8214 the VM is not running.
8215 </desc>
8216 </attribute>
8217
8218 <attribute name="MACAddress" type="wstring">
8219 <desc>
8220 Ethernet MAC address of the adapter, 12 hexadecimal characters. When setting
8221 it to NULL, VirtualBox will generate a unique MAC address.
8222 </desc>
8223 </attribute>
8224
8225 <attribute name="attachmentType" type="NetworkAttachmentType" readonly="yes"/>
8226
8227 <attribute name="hostInterface" type="wstring">
8228 <desc>
8229 Name of the Host Network Interface that is currently in use. NULL will be returned
8230 if no device has been allocated. On Linux, setting this refers to a permanent TAP
8231 device. However, a file descriptor has precedence over the interface name on Linux.
8232 Note that when VBox allocates a TAP device, this property will not be set, i.e. the
8233 interface name would have to be determined using the file descriptor and /proc/self/fd.
8234 </desc>
8235 </attribute>
8236
8237<if target="xpidl">
8238 <attribute name="TAPFileDescriptor" type="long">
8239 <desc>
8240 File descriptor of the TAP device. It can either be setup by the caller
8241 which has to supply an existing valid file handle allocated in the parent
8242 process of the VM process or allocated by VirtualBox. The value is -1 if it
8243 has not been defined. This property is non persistent, i.e. it will not be
8244 stored in the VM's configuration data and thus has to be set at each startup.
8245 </desc>
8246 </attribute>
8247 <attribute name="TAPSetupApplication" type="wstring">
8248 <desc>
8249 Application to start to configure the TAP device.
8250 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
8251 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
8252 </desc>
8253 </attribute>
8254 <attribute name="TAPTerminateApplication" type="wstring">
8255 <desc>
8256 Application to start before closing a TAP device.
8257 It is being passed two parameters, 1) the file handle (as ascii),
8258 2) the TAP device name if it is available.
8259 </desc>
8260 </attribute>
8261</if>
8262
8263 <attribute name="internalNetwork" type="wstring">
8264 <desc>
8265 Name of the internal network the VM is attached to.
8266 </desc>
8267 </attribute>
8268
8269 <attribute name="cableConnected" type="boolean">
8270 <desc>
8271 Flag whether the adapter reports the cable as connected or not.
8272 It can be used to report offline situations to a VM.
8273 </desc>
8274 </attribute>
8275
8276 <attribute name="lineSpeed" type="unsigned long">
8277 <desc>
8278 Line speed reported by custom drivers, in units of 1 kbps.
8279 </desc>
8280 </attribute>
8281
8282 <attribute name="traceEnabled" type="boolean">
8283 <desc>
8284 Flag whether network traffic from/to the network card should be traced.
8285 Can only be toggled when the VM is turned off.
8286 </desc>
8287 </attribute>
8288
8289 <attribute name="traceFile" type="wstring">
8290 <desc>
8291 Filename where a network trace will be stored. If not set, VBox-pid.pcap
8292 will be used.
8293 </desc>
8294 </attribute>
8295
8296 <method name="attachToNAT">
8297 <desc>
8298 Attach the network adapter to the Network Address Translation (NAT) interface.
8299 </desc>
8300 </method>
8301
8302 <method name="attachToHostInterface">
8303 <desc>
8304 Attach the network adapter to a host interface. On Linux, the TAP
8305 setup application will be executed if configured and unless a device
8306 name and/or file descriptor has been set, a new TAP interface will be
8307 created.
8308 </desc>
8309 </method>
8310
8311 <method name="attachToInternalNetwork">
8312 <desc>
8313 Attach the network adapter to an internal network.
8314 </desc>
8315 </method>
8316
8317 <method name="detach">
8318 <desc>
8319 Detach the network adapter
8320 </desc>
8321 </method>
8322 </interface>
8323
8324
8325 <!--
8326 // ISerialPort
8327 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8328 -->
8329
8330 <enum
8331 name="PortMode"
8332 uuid="b266f43c-2e93-46b3-812b-c20e600e867b"
8333 >
8334 <desc>
8335 The PortMode enumeration represents possible communicaton modes for
8336 the virtual serial port device.
8337 </desc>
8338
8339 <const name="Disconnected" value="0">
8340 <desc>Virtual device is not attached to any real host device.</desc>
8341 </const>
8342 <const name="HostPipe" value="1">
8343 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host pipe.</desc>
8344 </const>
8345 <const name="HostDevice" value="2">
8346 <desc>Virtual device is attached to a host device.</desc>
8347 </const>
8348 </enum>
8349
8350 <interface
8351 name="ISerialPort" extends="$unknown"
8352 uuid="937f6970-5103-4745-b78e-d28dcf1479a8"
8353 wsmap="managed"
8354 >
8355
8356 <desc>
8357 The ISerialPort interface represents the virtual serial port device.
8358
8359 The virtual serial port device acts like an ordinary serial port
8360 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
8361 serial port hardware in one of two modes: host pipe or host device.
8362
8363 In host pipe mode, the #path attribute specifies the path to the pipe on
8364 the host computer that represents a serial port. The #server attribute
8365 determines if this pipe is created by the virtual machine process at
8366 machine startup or it must already exist before starting machine
8367 execution.
8368
8369 In host device mode, the #path attribute specifies the name of the
8370 serial port device on the host computer.
8371
8372 There is also a third communication mode: the disconnected mode. In this
8373 mode, the guest OS running inside the virtual machine will be able to
8374 detect the serial port, but all port write operations will be discarded
8375 and all port read operations will return no data.
8376
8377 <see>IMachine::getSerialPort</see>
8378 </desc>
8379
8380 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8381 <desc>
8382 Slot number this serial port is plugged into. Corresponds to
8383 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getSerialPort"/>
8384 to obtain this instance.
8385 </desc>
8386 </attribute>
8387
8388 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8389 <desc>
8390 Flag whether the serial port is enabled. If disabled,
8391 the serial port will not be reported to the guest OS.
8392 </desc>
8393 </attribute>
8394
8395 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
8396 <desc>Base I/O address of the serial port.</desc>
8397 </attribute>
8398
8399 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
8400 <desc>IRQ number of the serial port.</desc>
8401 </attribute>
8402
8403 <attribute name="hostMode" type="PortMode">
8404 <desc>How is this port connected to the host.</desc>
8405 </attribute>
8406
8407 <attribute name="server" type="boolean">
8408 <desc>
8409 Flag whether this serial port acts as a server (creates a new pipe on
8410 the host) or as a client (uses the existing pipe). This attribute is
8411 used only when #hostMode is PortMode::HostPipePort.
8412 </desc>
8413 </attribute>
8414
8415 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
8416 <desc>
8417 Path to the serial port's pipe on the host when #hostMode is
8418 PortMode::HostPipePort, or the host serial device name when #hostMode
8419 is PortMode::HostDevicePort. In either of the above cases, setting a
8420 @c null or an empty string as the attribute's value will result into
8421 an error. Otherwise, the value of this property is ignored.
8422 </desc>
8423 </attribute>
8424
8425 </interface>
8426
8427 <!--
8428 // IParallelPort
8429 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8430 -->
8431
8432 <interface
8433 name="IParallelPort" extends="$unknown"
8434 uuid="0c925f06-dd10-4b77-8de8-294d738c3214"
8435 wsmap="managed"
8436 >
8437
8438 <desc>
8439 The IParallelPort interface represents the virtual parallel port device.
8440
8441 The virtual parallel port device acts like an ordinary parallel port
8442 inside the virtual machine. This device communicates to the real
8443 parallel port hardware using the name of the parallel device on the host
8444 computer specified in the #path attribute.
8445
8446 Each virtual parallel port device is assigned a base I/O address and an
8447 IRQ number that will be reported to the guest operating system and used
8448 to operate the given parallel port from within the virtual machine.
8449
8450 <see>IMachine::getParallelPort</see>
8451 </desc>
8452
8453 <attribute name="slot" type="unsigned long" readonly="yes">
8454 <desc>
8455 Slot number this parallel port is plugged into. Corresponds to
8456 the value you pass to <link to="IMachine::getParallelPort"/>
8457 to obtain this instance.
8458 </desc>
8459 </attribute>
8460
8461 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8462 <desc>
8463 Flag whether the parallel port is enabled. If disabled,
8464 the parallel port will not be reported to the guest OS.
8465 </desc>
8466 </attribute>
8467
8468 <attribute name="IOBase" type="unsigned long">
8469 <desc>Base I/O address of the parallel port.</desc>
8470 </attribute>
8471
8472 <attribute name="IRQ" type="unsigned long">
8473 <desc>IRQ number of the parallel port.</desc>
8474 </attribute>
8475
8476 <attribute name="path" type="wstring">
8477 <desc>
8478 Host parallel device name. If this parallel port is enabled, setting a
8479 @c null or an empty string as this attribute's value will result into
8480 an error.
8481 </desc>
8482 </attribute>
8483
8484 </interface>
8485
8486
8487 <!--
8488 // IMachineDebugger
8489 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8490 -->
8491
8492 <interface
8493 name="IMachineDebugger" extends="$unknown"
8494 uuid="b3a02721-556a-4481-9d47-052a3f8cff90"
8495 wsmap="suppress"
8496 >
8497 <method name="resetStats">
8498 <desc>
8499 Reset VM statistics.
8500 </desc>
8501 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8502 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8503 </param>
8504 </method>
8505
8506 <method name="dumpStats">
8507 <desc>
8508 Dumps VM statistics.
8509 </desc>
8510 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8511 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8512 </param>
8513 </method>
8514
8515 <method name="getStats">
8516 <desc>
8517 Get the VM statistics in a XMLish format.
8518 </desc>
8519 <param name="pattern" type="wstring" dir="in">
8520 <desc>The selection pattern. A bit similar to filename globbing.</desc>
8521 </param>
8522 <param name="withDescriptions" type="boolean" dir="in">
8523 <desc>Whether to include the descriptions.</desc>
8524 </param>
8525 <param name="stats" type="wstring" dir="out">
8526 <desc>The XML document containing the statistics.</desc>
8527 </param>
8528 </method>
8529
8530 <attribute name="singlestep" type="boolean">
8531 <desc>Switch for enabling singlestepping.</desc>
8532 </attribute>
8533
8534 <attribute name="recompileUser" type="boolean">
8535 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for user mode code.</desc>
8536 </attribute>
8537
8538 <attribute name="recompileSupervisor" type="boolean">
8539 <desc>Switch for forcing code recompilation for supervisor mode code.</desc>
8540 </attribute>
8541
8542 <attribute name="PATMEnabled" type="boolean">
8543 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the PATM component.</desc>
8544 </attribute>
8545
8546 <attribute name="CSAMEnabled" type="boolean">
8547 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling the CSAM component.</desc>
8548 </attribute>
8549
8550 <attribute name="logEnabled" type="boolean">
8551 <desc>Switch for enabling and disabling logging.</desc>
8552 </attribute>
8553
8554 <attribute name="HWVirtExEnabled" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8555 <desc>
8556 Flag indicating whether the VM is currently making use of CPU hardware
8557 virtualization extensions
8558 </desc>
8559 </attribute>
8560
8561 <attribute name="virtualTimeRate" type="unsigned long">
8562 <desc>
8563 The rate at which the virtual time runs expressed as a percentage.
8564 The accepted range is 2% to 20000%.
8565 </desc>
8566 </attribute>
8567
8568 <!-- @todo method for setting log flags, groups and destination! -->
8569
8570 <attribute name="VM" type="unsigned long long" readonly="yes">
8571 <desc>
8572 Gets the VM handle. This is only for internal use while
8573 we carve the details of this interface.
8574 </desc>
8575 </attribute>
8576
8577 </interface>
8578
8579 <!--
8580 // IUSBController
8581 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8582 -->
8583
8584 <interface
8585 name="IUSBController" extends="$unknown"
8586 uuid="f4c2d3dc-f109-4da7-93b1-ec28973ac89f"
8587 wsmap="managed"
8588 >
8589 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
8590 <desc>
8591 Flag whether the USB controller is present in the
8592 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8593 not contain any USB controller. Can only be changed when
8594 the VM is powered off.
8595 </desc>
8596 </attribute>
8597
8598 <attribute name="enabledEhci" type="boolean">
8599 <desc>
8600 Flag whether the USB EHCI controller is present in the
8601 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
8602 not contain a USB EHCI controller. Can only be changed when
8603 the VM is powered off.
8604 </desc>
8605 </attribute>
8606
8607 <attribute name="USBStandard" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8608 <desc>
8609 USB standard version which the controller implements.
8610 This is a BCD which means that the major version is in the
8611 high byte and minor version is in the low byte.
8612 </desc>
8613 </attribute>
8614
8615 <attribute name="deviceFilters" type="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" readonly="yes">
8616 <desc>
8617 List of USB device filters associated with the machine.
8618
8619 If the machine is currently running, these filters are activated
8620 every time a new (supported) USB device is attached to the host
8621 computer that was not ignored by global filters
8622 (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>).
8623
8624 These filters are also activated when the machine is powered up.
8625 They are run against a list of all currently available USB
8626 devices (in states
8627 <link to="USBDeviceState::Available">Available</link>,
8628 <link to="USBDeviceState::Busy">Busy</link>,
8629 <link to="USBDeviceState::Held">Held</link>) that were not previously
8630 ignored by global filters.
8631
8632 If at least one filter matches the USB device in question, this
8633 device is automatically captured (attached to) the virtual USB
8634 controller of this machine.
8635
8636 <see>IUSBDeviceFilter, ::IUSBController</see>
8637 </desc>
8638 </attribute>
8639
8640 <method name="createDeviceFilter">
8641 <desc>
8642 Creates a new USB device filter. All attributes except
8643 the filter name are set to <tt>null</tt> (any match),
8644 <i>active</i> is <tt>false</tt> (the filter is not active).
8645
8646 The created filter can then be added to the list of filters using
8647 <link to="#insertDeviceFilter()"/>.
8648
8649 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8650 </desc>
8651 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8652 <desc>
8653 Filter name. See <link to="IUSBDeviceFilter::name"/>
8654 for more info.
8655 </desc>
8656 </param>
8657 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8658 <desc>Created filter object.</desc>
8659 </param>
8660 </method>
8661
8662 <method name="insertDeviceFilter">
8663 <desc>
8664 Inserts the given USB device to the specified position
8665 in the list of filters.
8666
8667 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. If the specified
8668 position is equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8669 the list, the filter is added to the end of the collection.
8670
8671 <note>
8672 Duplicates are not allowed, so an attempt to inster a
8673 filter that is already in the collection, will return an
8674 error.
8675 </note>
8676
8677 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8678 </desc>
8679 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8680 <desc>Position to insert the filter to.</desc>
8681 </param>
8682 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="in">
8683 <desc>USB device filter to insert.</desc>
8684 </param>
8685 </method>
8686
8687 <method name="removeDeviceFilter">
8688 <desc>
8689 Removes a USB device filter from the specified position in the
8690 list of filters.
8691
8692 Positions are numbered starting from <tt>0</tt>. Specifying a
8693 position equal to or greater than the number of elements in
8694 the list will produce an error.
8695
8696 <see>#deviceFilters</see>
8697 </desc>
8698 <param name="position" type="unsigned long" dir="in">
8699 <desc>Position to remove the filter from.</desc>
8700 </param>
8701 <param name="filter" type="IUSBDeviceFilter" dir="return">
8702 <desc>Removed USB device filter.</desc>
8703 </param>
8704 </method>
8705
8706 </interface>
8707
8708
8709 <!--
8710 // IUSBDevice
8711 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8712 -->
8713
8714 <enumerator
8715 name="IUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IUSBDevice"
8716 uuid="aefe00f7-eb8a-454b-9ea4-fd5ad93c0e99"
8717 />
8718
8719 <collection
8720 name="IUSBDeviceCollection" type="IUSBDevice"
8721 enumerator="IUSBDeviceEnumerator"
8722 uuid="e31f3248-90dd-4ca2-95f0-6b36042d96a2"
8723 readonly="yes"
8724 >
8725 <method name="findById">
8726 <desc>
8727 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
8728 <note>
8729 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
8730 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8731 </note>
8732 <see>IUSBDevice::id</see>
8733 </desc>
8734 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
8735 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
8736 </param>
8737 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
8738 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8739 </param>
8740 </method>
8741
8742 <method name="findByAddress">
8743 <desc>
8744 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
8745 host address.
8746 <note>
8747 The method returns an error if the given address does not
8748 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
8749 </note>
8750 <see>IUSBDevice::address</see>
8751 </desc>
8752 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
8753 <desc>
8754 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
8755 search for.
8756 </desc>
8757 </param>
8758 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="return">
8759 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
8760 </param>
8761 </method>
8762
8763 </collection>
8764
8765 <interface
8766 name="IUSBDevice" extends="$unknown"
8767 uuid="850af07b-9ee8-48c2-b6b0-f6d0acbf63c3"
8768 wsmap="managed"
8769 >
8770 <desc>
8771 The IUSBDevice interface represents a virtual USB device attached to the
8772 virtual machine.
8773
8774 A collection of objects implementing this interface is stored in the
8775 <link to="IConsole::USBDevices"/> attribute which lists all USB devices
8776 attached to a running virtual machine's USB controller.
8777 </desc>
8778
8779 <attribute name="id" type="uuid" readonly="yes">
8780 <desc>
8781 Unique USB device ID. This ID is built from #vendorId,
8782 #productId, #revision and #serialNumber.
8783 </desc>
8784 </attribute>
8785
8786 <attribute name="vendorId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8787 <desc>Vendor ID.</desc>
8788 </attribute>
8789
8790 <attribute name="productId" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8791 <desc>Product ID.</desc>
8792 </attribute>
8793
8794 <attribute name="revision" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8795 <desc>
8796 Product revision number. This is a packed BCD represented as
8797 unsigned short. The high byte is the integer part and the low
8798 byte is the decimal.
8799 </desc>
8800 </attribute>
8801
8802 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8803 <desc>Manufacturer string.</desc>
8804 </attribute>
8805
8806 <attribute name="product" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8807 <desc>Product string.</desc>
8808 </attribute>
8809
8810 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8811 <desc>Serial number string.</desc>
8812 </attribute>
8813
8814 <attribute name="address" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
8815 <desc>Host specific address of the device.</desc>
8816 </attribute>
8817
8818 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8819 <desc>
8820 Host USB port number the device is physically
8821 coonected to.
8822 </desc>
8823 </attribute>
8824
8825 <attribute name="version" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8826 <desc>
8827 The major USB version of the device - 1 or 2.
8828 </desc>
8829 </attribute>
8830
8831 <attribute name="portVersion" type="unsigned short" readonly="yes">
8832 <desc>
8833 The major USB version of the host USB port the device is
8834 physically coonected to - 1 or 2. For devices not connected to
8835 anything this will have the same value as the version attribute.
8836 </desc>
8837 </attribute>
8838
8839 <attribute name="remote" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
8840 <desc>
8841 Whether the device is physically connected to a remote VRDP
8842 client or to a local host machine.
8843 </desc>
8844 </attribute>
8845
8846 </interface>
8847
8848
8849 <!--
8850 // IUSBDeviceFilter
8851 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
8852 -->
8853
8854 <enumerator
8855 name="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
8856 uuid="d5109c61-93e7-4726-926b-0dee1020da56"
8857 />
8858
8859 <collection
8860 name="IUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IUSBDeviceFilter"
8861 enumerator="IUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
8862 uuid="4fa3fc99-ceb1-4bf5-a9cb-e962d825c1ef"
8863 readonly="yes"
8864 />
8865
8866 <interface
8867 name="IUSBDeviceFilter" extends="$unknown"
8868 uuid="d6831fb4-1a94-4c2c-96ef-8d0d6192066d"
8869 wsmap="managed"
8870 >
8871 <desc>
8872 The IUSBDeviceFilter interface represents an USB device filter used
8873 to perform actions on a group of USB devices.
8874
8875 This type of filters is used by running virtual machines to
8876 automatically capture selected USB devices once they are physically
8877 attached to the host computer.
8878
8879 A USB device is matched to the given device filter if and only if all
8880 attributes of the device match the corresponding attributes of the
8881 filter (that is, attributes are joined together using the logical AND
8882 operation). On the other hand, all together, filters in the list of
8883 filters carry the semantics of the logical OR operation. So if it is
8884 desirable to create a match like "this vendor id OR this product id",
8885 one needs to create two filters and specify "any match" (see below)
8886 for unused attributes.
8887
8888 All filter attributes used for matching are strings. Each string
8889 is an expression representing a set of values of the corresponding
8890 device attribute, that will match the given filter. Currently, the
8891 following filtering expressions are supported:
8892
8893 <ul>
8894 <li><i>Interval filters</i>. Used to specify valid intervals for
8895 integer device attributes (Vendor ID, Product ID and Revision).
8896 The format of the string is:
8897
8898 <tt>int:((m)|([m]-[n]))(,(m)|([m]-[n]))*</tt>
8899
8900 where <tt>m</tt> and <tt>n</tt> are integer numbers, either in octal
8901 (starting from <tt>0</tt>), hexadecimal (starting from <tt>0x</tt>)
8902 or decimal (otherwise) form, so that <tt>m &lt; n</tt>. If <tt>m</tt>
8903 is ommitted before a dash (<tt>-</tt>), the minimum possible integer
8904 is assumed; if <tt>n</tt> is ommitted after a dash, the maximum
8905 possible integer is assummed.
8906 </li>
8907 <li><i>Boolean filters</i>. Used to specify acceptable values for
8908 boolean device attributes. The format of the string is:
8909
8910 <tt>true|false|yes|no|0|1</tt>
8911
8912 </li>
8913 <li><i>Exact match</i>. Used to specify a single value for the given
8914 device attribute. Any string that does't start with <tt>int:</tt>
8915 represents the exact match. String device attributes are compared to
8916 this string including case of symbols. Integer attributes are first
8917 converted to a string (see individual filter attributes) and then
8918 compared ignoring case.
8919
8920 </li>
8921 <li><i>Any match</i>. Any value of the corresponding device attribute
8922 will match the given filter. An empty or <tt>null</tt> string is
8923 used to construct this type of filtering expressions.
8924
8925 </li>
8926 </ul>
8927
8928 <note>
8929 On the Windows host platform, interval filters are not currently
8930 available. Also all string filter attributes
8931 (<link to="#manufacturer"/>, <link to="#product"/>,
8932 <link to="#serialNumber"/>) are ignored, so they behave as
8933 <i>any match</i> no matter what string expression is specified.
8934 </note>
8935
8936 <see>IUSBController::deviceFilters, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
8937 </desc>
8938
8939 <attribute name="name" type="wstring">
8940 <desc>
8941 Visible name for this filter.
8942 This name is used to visually distungish one filter from another,
8943 so it can neither be <tt>null</tt> nor an empty string.
8944 </desc>
8945 </attribute>
8946
8947 <attribute name="active" type="boolean">
8948 <desc>Whether this filter active or has been temporarily disabled.</desc>
8949 </attribute>
8950
8951 <attribute name="vendorId" type="wstring">
8952 <desc>
8953 <link to="IUSBDevice::vendorId">Vendor ID</link> filter.
8954 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8955 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
8956 (including leading zeroes).
8957 </desc>
8958 </attribute>
8959
8960 <attribute name="productId" type="wstring">
8961 <desc>
8962 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product ID</link> filter.
8963 The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8964 has the form <tt>XXXX</tt>, where <tt>X</tt> is the hex digit
8965 (including leading zeroes).
8966 </desc>
8967 </attribute>
8968
8969 <attribute name="revision" type="wstring">
8970 <desc>
8971 <link to="IUSBDevice::productId">Product revision number</link>
8972 filter. The string representation for the <i>exact matching</i>
8973 has the form <tt>IIFF</tt>, where <tt>I</tt> is the decimal digit
8974 of the integer part of the revision, and <tt>F</tt> is the
8975 decimal digit of its fractional part (including leading and
8976 trailing zeroes).
8977 Note that for interval filters, it's best to use the hexadecimal
8978 form, because the revision is stored as a 16 bit packed BCD value;
8979 so the expression <tt>int:0x0100-0x0199</tt> will match any
8980 revision from <tt>1.0</tt> to <tt>1.99</tt>.
8981 </desc>
8982 </attribute>
8983
8984 <attribute name="manufacturer" type="wstring">
8985 <desc>
8986 <link to="IUSBDevice::manufacturer">Manufacturer</link> filter.
8987 </desc>
8988 </attribute>
8989
8990 <attribute name="product" type="wstring">
8991 <desc>
8992 <link to="IUSBDevice::product">Product</link> filter.
8993 </desc>
8994 </attribute>
8995
8996 <attribute name="serialNumber" type="wstring">
8997 <desc>
8998 <link to="IUSBDevice::serialNumber">Serial number</link> filter.
8999 </desc>
9000 </attribute>
9001
9002 <attribute name="port" type="wstring">
9003 <desc>
9004 <link to="IUSBDevice::port">Host USB port</link> filter.
9005 </desc>
9006 </attribute>
9007
9008 <attribute name="remote" type="wstring">
9009 <desc>
9010 <link to="IUSBDevice::remote">Remote state</link> filter.
9011 <note>
9012 This filter makes sense only for machine USB filters,
9013 i.e. it is ignored by IHostUSBDeviceFilter objects.
9014 </note>
9015 </desc>
9016 </attribute>
9017
9018 <attribute name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long">
9019 <desc>
9020 This is an advanced option for hiding one or more USB interfaces
9021 from the guest. The value is a bitmask where the bits that are set
9022 means the corresponding USB interface should be hidden, masked off
9023 if you like.
9024 This feature only works on Linux hosts.
9025 </desc>
9026 </attribute>
9027
9028 </interface>
9029
9030
9031 <!--
9032 // IHostUSBDevice
9033 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9034 -->
9035
9036 <enum
9037 name="USBDeviceState"
9038 uuid="b99a2e65-67fb-4882-82fd-f3e5e8193ab4"
9039 >
9040 <desc>
9041 USB device state. This enumeration represents all possible states
9042 of the USB device physically attached to the host computer regarding
9043 its state on the host computer and availability to guest computers
9044 (all currently running virtual machines).
9045
9046 Once a supported USB device is attached to the host, global USB
9047 filters (<link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>) are activated. They can
9048 either ignore the device, or put ot to #Held state, or do nothing. Unless
9049 the device is ignored by global filters, filters of all currently running
9050 guests (<link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters"/>) are activated that can
9051 put it to #Captured state.
9052
9053 If the device was ignored by global filters, or didn't match
9054 any filters at all (including guest ones), it is handled by the host
9055 in a normal way. In this case, the device state is determined by
9056 the host and can be one of #Unavailable, #Busy or #Available, depending on
9057 the current device usage.
9058
9059 Besides auto-capturing based on filters, the device can be manually
9060 captured by guests (<link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) if its
9061 state is #Busy, #Available or #Held.
9062
9063 <note>
9064 Due to differences in USB stack implementations in Linux and Win32,
9065 states #Busy and #Available are applicable only to the Linux version of
9066 the product. This also means that (<link
9067 to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice()"/>) can only succeed on Win32 if
9068 the device state is #USBDeviceHeld.
9069 </note>
9070
9071 <see>IHostUSBDevice, IHostUSBDeviceFilter</see>
9072 </desc>
9073
9074 <const name="NotSupported" value="0">
9075 <desc>
9076 Not supported by the VirtualBox server, not available to guests.
9077 </desc>
9078 </const>
9079 <const name="Unavailable" value="1">
9080 <desc>
9081 Being used by the host computer exclusively,
9082 not available to guests.
9083 </desc>
9084 </const>
9085 <const name="Busy" value="2">
9086 <desc>
9087 Being used by the host computer, potentially available to guests.
9088 </desc>
9089 </const>
9090 <const name="Available" value="3">
9091 <desc>
9092 Not used by the host computer, available to guests.
9093 The host computer can also start using the device at any time.
9094 </desc>
9095 </const>
9096 <const name="Held" value="4">
9097 <desc>
9098 Held by the VirtualBox server (ignored by the host computer),
9099 available to guests.
9100 </desc>
9101 </const>
9102 <const name="Captured" value="5">
9103 <desc>
9104 Captured by one of the guest computers, not available
9105 to anybody else.
9106 </desc>
9107 </const>
9108 </enum>
9109
9110 <enumerator
9111 name="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDevice"
9112 uuid="a0c55136-939f-4d20-b9d3-4d406f08bfa5"
9113 />
9114
9115 <collection
9116 name="IHostUSBDeviceCollection" type="IHostUSBDevice"
9117 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceEnumerator"
9118 uuid="f9d3f96d-b027-4994-b589-70bb9ee0d364"
9119 readonly="yes"
9120 >
9121 <method name="findById">
9122 <desc>
9123 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given UUID.
9124 <note>
9125 The method returns an error if the given UUID does not
9126 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
9127 </note>
9128 <see>IHostUSBDevice::id</see>
9129 </desc>
9130 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in">
9131 <desc>UUID of the USB device to search for.</desc>
9132 </param>
9133 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
9134 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9135 </param>
9136 </method>
9137
9138 <method name="findByAddress">
9139 <desc>
9140 Searches this collection for a USB device with the given
9141 host address.
9142 <note>
9143 The method returns an error if the given address does not
9144 correspond to any USB device in the collection.
9145 </note>
9146 <see>IHostUSBDevice::address</see>
9147 </desc>
9148 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
9149 <desc>
9150 Address of the USB device (as assigned by the host) to
9151 search for.
9152 </desc>
9153 </param>
9154 <param name="device" type="IHostUSBDevice" dir="return">
9155 <desc>Found USB device object.</desc>
9156 </param>
9157 </method>
9158
9159 </collection>
9160
9161 <interface
9162 name="IHostUSBDevice" extends="IUSBDevice"
9163 uuid="173b4b44-d268-4334-a00d-b6521c9a740a"
9164 wsmap="managed"
9165 >
9166 <desc>
9167 The IHostUSBDevice interface represents a physical USB device attached
9168 to the host computer.
9169
9170 Besides properties inherited from IUSBDevice, this interface adds the
9171 <link to="#state"/> property that holds the courrent state of the USB
9172 device.
9173
9174 <see>IHost::USBDevices, IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
9175 </desc>
9176
9177 <attribute name="state" type="USBDeviceState" readonly="yes">
9178 <desc>
9179 Current state of the device.
9180 </desc>
9181 </attribute>
9182
9183 <!-- @todo add class, subclass, bandwidth, configs, interfaces endpoints and such later. -->
9184
9185 </interface>
9186
9187
9188 <!--
9189 // IHostUSBDeviceFilter
9190 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9191 -->
9192
9193 <enum
9194 name="USBDeviceFilterAction"
9195 uuid="cbc30a49-2f4e-43b5-9da6-121320475933"
9196 >
9197 <desc>
9198 Actions for host USB device filters.
9199 <see>IHostUSBDeviceFilter, USBDeviceState</see>
9200 </desc>
9201
9202 <const name="Null" value="0">
9203 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Never used by the API.</desc>
9204 </const>
9205 <const name="Ignore" value="1">
9206 <desc>Ignore the matched USB device.</desc>
9207 </const>
9208 <const name="Hold" value="2">
9209 <desc>Hold the matched USB device.</desc>
9210 </const>
9211 </enum>
9212
9213 <enumerator
9214 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
9215 uuid="ff735211-903e-4642-9c37-189eb44579fe"
9216 />
9217
9218 <collection
9219 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilterCollection" type="IHostUSBDeviceFilter"
9220 enumerator="IHostUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator"
9221 uuid="1a80458b-87f1-4a74-995d-04e2330119e0"
9222 readonly="yes"
9223 />
9224
9225 <interface
9226 name="IHostUSBDeviceFilter" extends="IUSBDeviceFilter"
9227 uuid="4cc70246-d74a-400f-8222-3900489c0374"
9228 wsmap="managed"
9229 >
9230 <desc>
9231 The IHostUSBDeviceFilter interface represents a global filter for a
9232 physical USB device used by the host computer. Used indirectly in
9233 <link to="IHost::USBDeviceFilters"/>.
9234
9235 Using filters of this type, the host computer determines the initial
9236 state of the USB device after it is physically attached to the
9237 host's USB controller.
9238
9239 <note>
9240 The <link to="#remote"/> attribute is ignored by this type of
9241 filters, because it makes sense only for
9242 <link to="IUSBController::deviceFilters">machine USB filters</link>.
9243 </note>
9244
9245 <see>IHost::USBDeviceFilters</see>
9246 </desc>
9247
9248 <attribute name="action" type="USBDeviceFilterAction">
9249 <desc>
9250 Action performed by the host when an attached USB device
9251 matches this filter.
9252 </desc>
9253 </attribute>
9254
9255 </interface>
9256
9257 <!--
9258 // IAudioAdapter
9259 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9260 -->
9261
9262 <enum
9263 name="AudioDriverType"
9264 uuid="4bcc3d73-c2fe-40db-b72f-0c2ca9d68496"
9265 >
9266 <desc>
9267 Host audio driver type.
9268 </desc>
9269
9270 <const name="Null" value="0">
9271 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "dummy audio driver".</desc>
9272 </const>
9273 <const name="WinMM" value="1"/>
9274 <const name="OSS" value="2"/>
9275 <const name="ALSA" value="3"/>
9276 <const name="DirectSound" value="4"/>
9277 <const name="CoreAudio" value="5"/>
9278 <const name="MMPM" value="6"/>
9279 <const name="Pulse" value="7"/>
9280 <const name="SolAudio" value="8"/>
9281 </enum>
9282
9283 <enum
9284 name="AudioControllerType"
9285 uuid="7afd395c-42c3-444e-8788-3ce80292f36c"
9286 >
9287 <desc>
9288 Virtual audio controller type.
9289 </desc>
9290
9291 <const name="AC97" value="0"/>
9292 <const name="SB16" value="1"/>
9293 </enum>
9294
9295 <interface
9296 name="IAudioAdapter" extends="$unknown"
9297 uuid="921873db-5f3f-4b69-91f9-7be9e535a2cb"
9298 wsmap="managed"
9299 >
9300 <desc>
9301 The IAudioAdapter interface represents the virtual audio adapter of
9302 the virtual machine. Used in <link to="IMachine::audioAdapter"/>.
9303 </desc>
9304 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9305 <desc>
9306 Flag whether the audio adapter is present in the
9307 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
9308 not contain any audio adapter. Can only be changed when
9309 the VM is not running.
9310 </desc>
9311 </attribute>
9312 <attribute name="audioController" type="AudioControllerType">
9313 <desc>
9314 The audio hardware we emulate.
9315 </desc>
9316 </attribute>
9317 <attribute name="audioDriver" type="AudioDriverType">
9318 <desc>
9319 Audio driver the adapter is connected to. This setting
9320 can only be changed when the VM is not running.
9321 </desc>
9322 </attribute>
9323 </interface>
9324
9325 <!--
9326 // IVRDPServer
9327 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9328 -->
9329
9330 <enum
9331 name="VRDPAuthType"
9332 uuid="3d91887a-b67f-4b33-85bf-2da7ab1ea83a"
9333 >
9334 <desc>
9335 VRDP authentication type.
9336 </desc>
9337
9338 <const name="Null" value="0">
9339 <desc><tt>null</tt> value. Also means "no authentication".</desc>
9340 </const>
9341 <const name="External" value="1"/>
9342 <const name="Guest" value="2"/>
9343 </enum>
9344
9345 <interface
9346 name="IVRDPServer" extends="$unknown"
9347 uuid="ed9d31ae-867f-45fc-b727-6740084d1883"
9348 wsmap="managed"
9349 >
9350 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9351 <desc>VRDP server status.</desc>
9352 </attribute>
9353
9354 <attribute name="port" type="unsigned long">
9355 <desc>
9356 VRDP server port number.
9357 <note>
9358 Setting the value of this property to <tt>0</tt> will reset the port
9359 number to the default value which is
9360 currently <tt>3389</tt>. Reading this property will always return a
9361 real port number, even after it has been set to <tt>0</tt> (in which
9362 case the default port is returned).
9363 </note>
9364 </desc>
9365 </attribute>
9366
9367 <attribute name="netAddress" type="wstring">
9368 <desc>VRDP server address.</desc>
9369 </attribute>
9370
9371 <attribute name="authType" type="VRDPAuthType">
9372 <desc>VRDP authentication method.</desc>
9373 </attribute>
9374
9375 <attribute name="authTimeout" type="unsigned long">
9376 <desc>Timeout for guest authentication. Milliseconds.</desc>
9377 </attribute>
9378
9379 <attribute name="allowMultiConnection" type="boolean">
9380 <desc>
9381 Flag whether multiple simultaneous connections to the VM are permitted.
9382 Note that this will be replaced by a more powerful mechanism in the future.
9383 </desc>
9384 </attribute>
9385
9386 </interface>
9387
9388
9389 <!--
9390 // ISharedFolder
9391 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9392 -->
9393
9394 <enumerator
9395 name="ISharedFolderEnumerator" type="ISharedFolder"
9396 uuid="1d420fd8-e7c1-4511-abf4-a504dc6d0cbf"
9397 />
9398
9399 <collection
9400 name="ISharedFolderCollection" type="ISharedFolder"
9401 enumerator="ISharedFolderEnumerator"
9402 uuid="9c7e2282-bb16-4fa7-9138-f383c5e02353"
9403 readonly="yes">
9404
9405 <method name="findByName">
9406 <desc>
9407 Searches this collection for a shared folder with the given logical
9408 name.
9409 <note>
9410 The method returns an error if the given name does not correspond to
9411 any shared folder in the collection.
9412 </note>
9413 </desc>
9414 <param name="name" type="wstring" dir="in">
9415 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder to search for</desc>
9416 </param>
9417 <param name="sharedFolder" type="ISharedFolder" dir="return">
9418 <desc>Found shared folder object</desc>
9419 </param>
9420 </method>
9421
9422 </collection>
9423
9424 <interface
9425 name="ISharedFolder" extends="$unknown"
9426 uuid="8b0c5f70-9139-4f97-a421-64d5e9c335d5"
9427 wsmap="struct"
9428 >
9429 <desc>
9430 The ISharedFolder interface represents a folder in the host computer's
9431 file system accessible from the guest OS running inside a virtual
9432 machine using an associated logical name.
9433
9434 There are three types of shared folders:
9435 <ul>
9436 <li><i>Global</i> (<link to="IVirtualBox::sharedFolders"/>), shared
9437 folders available to all virtual machines.</li>
9438 <li><i>Permanent</i> (<link to="IMachine::sharedFolders"/>),
9439 VM-specific shared folders available to the given virtual machine at
9440 startup.</li>
9441 <li><i>Transient</i> (<link to="IConsole::sharedFolders"/>),
9442 VM-specific shared folders created in the session context (for
9443 example, when the virtual machine is running) and automatically
9444 discarded when the session is closed (the VM is powered off).</li>
9445 </ul>
9446
9447 Logical names of shared folders must be unique within the given scope
9448 (global, permanent or transient). However, they do not need to be unique
9449 across scopes. In this case, the definitioin of the shared folder in a
9450 more specific scope takes precedence over definitions in all other
9451 scopes. The order of precedence is (more specific to more general):
9452 <ol>
9453 <li>Transient definitions</li>
9454 <li>Permanent definitions</li>
9455 <li>Global definitions</li>
9456 </ol>
9457
9458 For example, if MyMachine has a shared folder named
9459 <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points to <tt>C:\\</tt>), then cretaing a
9460 transient shared folder named <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> (that points
9461 to <tt>C:\\\\WINDOWS</tt>) will change the definition
9462 of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> in the guest OS so
9463 that <tt>\\\\VBOXSVR\\C_DRIVE</tt> will give access
9464 to <tt>C:\\WINDOWS</tt> instead of <tt>C:\\</tt> on the host
9465 PC. Removing the transient shared folder <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> will restore
9466 the prevoious (permanent) definition of <tt>C_DRIVE</tt> that points
9467 to <tt>C:\\</tt> if it still exists.
9468
9469 Note that permanent and transient shared folders of different machines
9470 are in different name spaces, so they don't overlap and don't need to
9471 have unique logical names.
9472
9473 <note>With the COM API, this is an interface like all the others. With the webservice,
9474 this is mapped to a structure, so querying the attribute will not return an object,
9475 but a complete structure.</note>
9476
9477 <note>
9478 Global shared folders are not implemented in the current vesion of the
9479 product.
9480 </note>
9481 </desc>
9482
9483 <attribute name="name" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9484 <desc>Logical name of the shared folder.</desc>
9485 </attribute>
9486
9487 <attribute name="hostPath" type="wstring" readonly="yes">
9488 <desc>Full path to the shared folder in the host file system.</desc>
9489 </attribute>
9490
9491 <attribute name="accessible" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
9492 <desc>
9493 Whether the folder defined by the host path is currently
9494 accessible or not.
9495 For example, the folder can be unaccessible if it is placed
9496 on the network share that is not available by the time
9497 this property is read.
9498 </desc>
9499 </attribute>
9500
9501 <attribute name="writable" type="boolean" readonly="yes">
9502 <desc>
9503 Whether the folder defined by the host path is writable or
9504 not.
9505 </desc>
9506 </attribute>
9507
9508 </interface>
9509
9510 <!--
9511 // ISession
9512 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9513 -->
9514
9515 <interface
9516 name="IInternalSessionControl" extends="$unknown"
9517 uuid="37838967-2430-4bb1-8acc-1b5b2c383d44"
9518 internal="yes"
9519 wsmap="suppress"
9520 >
9521 <method name="getPID">
9522 <desc>PID of the process that has created this Session object.
9523 </desc>
9524 <param name="pid" type="unsigned long" dir="return"/>
9525 </method>
9526
9527 <method name="getRemoteConsole">
9528 <desc>Returns the console object suitable for remote control.</desc>
9529 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="return"/>
9530 </method>
9531
9532 <method name="assignMachine">
9533 <desc>
9534 Assigns the machine object associated with this direct-type
9535 session or informs the session that it will be a remote one
9536 (if machine = NULL).
9537 </desc>
9538 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
9539 </method>
9540
9541 <method name="assignRemoteMachine">
9542 <desc>
9543 Assigns the machine and the (remote) console object associated with
9544 this remote-type session.
9545 </desc>
9546 <param name="machine" type="IMachine" dir="in"/>
9547 <param name="console" type="IConsole" dir="in"/>
9548 </method>
9549
9550 <method name="updateMachineState">
9551 <desc>
9552 Updates the machine state in the VM process.
9553 Must be called only in certain cases
9554 (see the method implementation).
9555 </desc>
9556 <param name="aMachineState" type="MachineState" dir="in"/>
9557 </method>
9558
9559 <method name="uninitialize">
9560 <desc>
9561 Uninitializes (closes) this session. Used by VirtualBox to close
9562 the corresponding remote session when the direct session dies
9563 or gets closed.
9564 </desc>
9565 </method>
9566
9567 <method name="onDVDDriveChange">
9568 <desc>
9569 Triggered when settings of the DVD drive object of the
9570 associated virtual machine have changed.
9571 </desc>
9572 </method>
9573
9574 <method name="onFloppyDriveChange">
9575 <desc>
9576 Triggered when settings of the floppy drive object of the
9577 associated virtual machine have changed.
9578 </desc>
9579 </method>
9580
9581 <method name="onNetworkAdapterChange">
9582 <desc>
9583 Triggered when settions of a network adapter of the
9584 associated virtual machine have changed.
9585 </desc>
9586 <param name="networkAdapter" type="INetworkAdapter" dir="in"/>
9587 </method>
9588
9589 <method name="onSerialPortChange">
9590 <desc>
9591 Triggered when settions of a serial port of the
9592 associated virtual machine have changed.
9593 </desc>
9594 <param name="serialPort" type="ISerialPort" dir="in"/>
9595 </method>
9596
9597 <method name="onParallelPortChange">
9598 <desc>
9599 Triggered when settings of a parallel port of the
9600 associated virtual machine have changed.
9601 </desc>
9602 <param name="parallelPort" type="IParallelPort" dir="in"/>
9603 </method>
9604
9605 <method name="onVRDPServerChange">
9606 <desc>
9607 Triggered when settings of the VRDP server object of the
9608 associated virtual machine have changed.
9609 </desc>
9610 </method>
9611
9612 <method name="onUSBControllerChange">
9613 <desc>
9614 Triggered when settings of the USB controller object of the
9615 associated virtual machine have changed.
9616 </desc>
9617 </method>
9618
9619 <method name="onSharedFolderChange">
9620 <desc>
9621 Triggered when a permanent (global or machine) shared folder has been
9622 created or removed.
9623 <note>
9624 We don't pass shared folder parameters in this notification because
9625 the order in which parallel notifications are delivered is not defined,
9626 therefore it could happen that these parameters were outdated by the
9627 time of processing this notification.
9628 </note>
9629 </desc>
9630 <param name="global" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9631 </method>
9632
9633 <method name="onUSBDeviceAttach">
9634 <desc>
9635 Triggered when a request to capture a USB device (as a result
9636 of matched USB filters or direct call to
9637 <link to="IConsole::attachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
9638 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
9639 describes a failure.
9640 </desc>
9641 <param name="device" type="IUSBDevice" dir="in"/>
9642 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
9643 <param name="maskedInterfaces" type="unsigned long" dir="in"/>
9644 </method>
9645
9646 <method name="onUSBDeviceDetach">
9647 <desc>
9648 Triggered when a request to release the USB device (as a result
9649 of machine termination or direct call to
9650 <link to="IConsole::detachUSBDevice"/>) has completed.
9651 A @c null @a error object means success, otherwise it
9652 </desc>
9653 <param name="id" type="uuid" dir="in"/>
9654 <param name="error" type="IVirtualBoxErrorInfo" dir="in"/>
9655 </method>
9656
9657 <method name="onShowWindow">
9658 <desc>
9659 Called by <link to="IMachine::canShowConsoleWindow()"/> and by
9660 <link to="IMachine::showConsoleWindow()"/> in order to notify
9661 console callbacks
9662 <link to="IConsoleCallback::onCanShowWindow()"/>
9663 and <link to="IConsoleCallback::onShowWindow()"/>.
9664 </desc>
9665 <param name="check" type="boolean" dir="in"/>
9666 <param name="canShow" type="boolean" dir="out"/>
9667 <param name="winId" type="unsigned long long" dir="out"/>
9668 </method>
9669
9670 </interface>
9671
9672 <interface
9673 name="ISession" extends="$dispatched"
9674 uuid="12F4DCDB-12B2-4ec1-B7CD-DDD9F6C5BF4D"
9675 wsmap="managed"
9676 >
9677 <desc>
9678 The ISession interface represents a serialization primitive for virtual
9679 machines.
9680
9681 Within VirtualBox, every time one wishes to manipulate a virtual machine
9682 (for example, change its settings or start execution), an instance of
9683 the ISession interface is required. One first creates a local session
9684 object that implements the ISession interface and then passes the
9685 created object with the method call that opens the given session and
9686 thus initiates the machine manipulation. The session serves several
9687 purposes: it identifies to the inter-process VirtualBox code which
9688 process is currently working with the virtual machine, and it ensures
9689 that there are no incompatible requests from several processes for the
9690 same virtual machine.
9691
9692 How sessions objects are used depends on whether you use the Main API
9693 via COM or via the web service:
9694
9695 <ul>
9696 <li>When using the COM API directly, an object of the Session class from the
9697 VirtualBox type library needs to be created. In regular COM C++ client code,
9698 this can be done by calling <tt>createLocalObject()</tt>, a standard COM API.
9699 This object will then act as a local session object in further calls to open
9700 a session.
9701 </li>
9702
9703 <li>In the webservice, the session manager (IWebsessionManager) instead creates
9704 one session object automatically when <link to="IWebsessionManager::logon" />
9705 is called. A managed object reference to that session object can be retrieved by
9706 calling <link to="IWebsessionManager::getSessionObject" />. This session object
9707 reference can then be used to open sessions.
9708 </li>
9709 </ul>
9710
9711 Sessions are mainly used in two variations:
9712
9713 <ul>
9714 <li>
9715 To start a virtual machine in a separate process, one would call
9716 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>, which requires a session
9717 object as its first parameter. This session then identifies the caller
9718 and lets him control the started machine (for example, pause machine
9719 execution or power it down) as well as be notified about machine
9720 execution state changes.
9721 </li>
9722
9723 <li>To alter machine settings, or to start machine execution within the
9724 current process, one needs to open a direct session for the machine first by
9725 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/>. While a direct session
9726 is open within one process, no any other process may open another direct
9727 session for the same machine. This prevents the machine from being changed
9728 by other processes while it is running or while the machine is being configured.
9729 </li>
9730 </ul>
9731
9732 One also can attach to an existing direct session alreay opened by
9733 another process (for example, in order to send a control request to the
9734 virtual machine such as the pause or the reset request). This is done by
9735 calling <link to="IVirtualBox::openExistingSession"/>.
9736
9737 <note>
9738 Unless you are trying to write a new VirtualBox front-end that
9739 performs direct machine execution (like the VirtualBox or VBoxSDL
9740 frontends), don't call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> in a direct
9741 session opened by <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession"/> and use this
9742 session only to change virtual machine settings. If you simply want to
9743 start virtual machine execution using one of the existing frontends
9744 (for example the VirtualBox GUI frontend), use
9745 <link to="IVirtualBox::openRemoteSession"/>. In the latter case, on
9746 sucess, the machine will be powered up for you by the front-end so you
9747 don't need to call <link to="IConsole::powerUp"/> too.
9748 </note>
9749 </desc>
9750
9751 <attribute name="state" type="SessionState" readonly="yes">
9752 <desc>Current state of this session.</desc>
9753 </attribute>
9754
9755 <attribute name="type" type="SessionType" readonly="yes">
9756 <desc>
9757 Type of this session. The value of this attribute is valid only
9758 if the session is currently open (i.e. its #state is SessionType::SessionOpen),
9759 otherwise an error will be returned.
9760 </desc>
9761 </attribute>
9762
9763 <attribute name="machine" type="IMachine" readonly="yes">
9764 <desc>Machine object associated with this session.</desc>
9765 </attribute>
9766
9767 <attribute name="console" type="IConsole" readonly="yes">
9768 <desc>Console object associated with this session.</desc>
9769 </attribute>
9770
9771 <method name="close">
9772 <desc>
9773 Closes this session.
9774 <note>
9775 If a direct session for a machine opened with
9776 <link to="IVirtualBox::openSession()"/> is not explicitly
9777 closed when the application terminates, the state of the
9778 machine will be set to <link to="MachineState::Aborted"/>
9779 on the server. Generally, it is recommended to close all
9780 open sessions explicitly before terminating the application
9781 (no matter what is the reason of the termination).
9782 </note>
9783 </desc>
9784 </method>
9785
9786 </interface>
9787
9788 <!--
9789 // ISATAController
9790 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9791 -->
9792
9793 <interface
9794 name="ISATAController" extends="$unknown"
9795 uuid="9a4b868b-1376-4533-8ef5-065b8e8cedff"
9796 wsmap="managed"
9797 >
9798 <attribute name="enabled" type="boolean">
9799 <desc>
9800 Flag whether the SATA controller is present in the
9801 guest system. If disabled, the virtual guest hardware will
9802 not contain any SATA controller. Can only be changed when
9803 the VM is powered off.
9804 </desc>
9805 </attribute>
9806
9807 <attribute name="portCount" type="unsigned long">
9808 <desc>
9809 The number of usable ports on the sata controller.
9810 It ranges from 1 to 30.
9811 </desc>
9812 </attribute>
9813
9814 <method name="GetIDEEmulationPort">
9815 <desc>Gets the corresponding port number which is emulated as an IDE device.</desc>
9816 <param name="devicePosition" type="long" dir="in"/>
9817 <param name="portNumber" type="long" dir="return"/>
9818 </method>
9819
9820 <method name="SetIDEEmulationPort">
9821 <desc>Sets the port number which is emulated as an IDE device.</desc>
9822 <param name="devicePosition" type="long" dir="in"/>
9823 <param name="portNumber" type="long" dir="in"/>
9824 </method>
9825
9826 </interface>
9827
9828<if target="wsdl">
9829
9830 <!--
9831 // IManagedObjectRef
9832 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9833 -->
9834
9835 <interface
9836 name="IManagedObjectRef" extends="$unknown"
9837 uuid="9474d09d-2313-46de-b568-a42b8718e8ed"
9838 internal="yes"
9839 wsmap="managed"
9840 wscpp="hardcoded"
9841 >
9842 <desc>
9843 Webservice only: Managed object reference.
9844
9845 Only within the webservice, a managed object reference (which is really
9846 an opaque number) allows a webservice client to address an object
9847 that lives in the address space of the webservice server.
9848
9849 Behind each managed object reference, there is a COM object that lives
9850 in the webservice server's address space. The COM object is not freed
9851 until the managed object reference is released, either by an explicit
9852 call to <link to="IManagedObjectRef::release" /> or by logging off from
9853 the webservice (<link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />), which releases
9854 all objects created during the webservice session.
9855
9856 Whenever a method call of the VirtualBox API returns a COM object, the
9857 webservice representation of that method will instead return a
9858 managed object reference, which can then be used to invoke methods
9859 on that object.
9860 </desc>
9861
9862 <method name="getInterfaceName">
9863 <desc>
9864 Returns the name of the interface that this managed object represents,
9865 for example, "IMachine", as a string.
9866 </desc>
9867 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9868 </method>
9869
9870 <method name="release">
9871 <desc>
9872 Releases this managed object reference and frees the resources that
9873 were allocated for it in the webservice server process. After calling
9874 this method, the identifier of the reference can no longer be used.
9875 </desc>
9876 </method>
9877
9878 </interface>
9879
9880 <!--
9881 // IWebsessionManager
9882 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
9883 -->
9884
9885 <interface
9886 name="IWebsessionManager" extends="$unknown"
9887 uuid="dea1b4c7-2de3-418a-850d-7868617f7733"
9888 internal="yes"
9889 wsmap="global"
9890 wscpp="hardcoded"
9891 >
9892 <desc>
9893 Webservice only: Websession manager. This provides essential services
9894 to webservice clients.
9895 </desc>
9896 <method name="logon">
9897 <desc>
9898 Logs a new client onto the webservice and returns a managed object reference to
9899 the IVirtualBox instance, which the client can then use as a basis to further
9900 queries, since all calls to the VirtualBox API are based on the IVirtualBox
9901 interface, in one way or the other.
9902 </desc>
9903 <param name="username" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9904 <param name="password" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9905 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9906 </method>
9907
9908 <method name="getSessionObject">
9909 <desc>
9910 Returns a managed object reference to the internal ISession object that was created
9911 for this web service session when the client logged on.
9912
9913 <see>ISession</see>
9914 </desc>
9915 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9916 <param name="return" type="wstring" dir="return"/>
9917 </method>
9918
9919 <method name="logoff">
9920 <desc>
9921 Logs off the client who has previously logged on with <link to="IWebsessionManager::logoff" />
9922 and destroys all resources associated with the session (most importantly, all
9923 managed objects created in the server while the session was active).
9924 </desc>
9925 <param name="refIVirtualBox" type="wstring" dir="in"/>
9926 </method>
9927
9928 </interface>
9929
9930</if>
9931
9932 <module name="VBoxSVC" context="LocalServer">
9933 <class name="VirtualBox" uuid="B1A7A4F2-47B9-4A1E-82B2-07CCD5323C3F"
9934 namespace="virtualbox.org">
9935 <interface name="IVirtualBox" default="yes"/>
9936 </class>
9937 </module>
9938
9939 <module name="VBoxC" context="InprocServer" threadingModel="Free">
9940 <class name="Session" uuid="3C02F46D-C9D2-4f11-A384-53F0CF917214"
9941 namespace="virtualbox.org">
9942 <interface name="ISession" default="yes"/>
9943 </class>
9944 </module>
9945
9946</library>
9947
9948</idl>
Note: See TracBrowser for help on using the repository browser.

© 2024 Oracle Support Privacy / Do Not Sell My Info Terms of Use Trademark Policy Automated Access Etiquette